Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Household & Personal Products / Mannatech Inc.

Mannatech Inc.

mtex · NASDAQ Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker mtex
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Household & Personal Products
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Mannatech Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Real

PRODUCTS

PASSION

POSSIBILITIES

2009 ANNUAL REPORT

A New Direction

2009 was a year of signifi cant change for Mannatech. We 
encountered a number of challenges during the year, but by 
the end of 2009 a new direction for the company was set.  

In early January, a new All-Star Pack was launched in our domestic 
market with a reduced price of $499, providing a much more 
aff ordable business-building entry point for new Associates. 
Additionally, Mannatech implemented business procedures 
making us stronger relative to our competition. 

Early in the year, we reached settlements that resolved two litigation 
issues. Most importantly, the quality and effi  cacy of Mannatech’s 
products were never in question. The validity of our patents was 
upheld as in three litigation cases that we won as plaintiff  against 
companies infringing our patents. 

Also, we launched our outstanding new Essential Source™ Omega-3 
product, as well as a family product called PhytoBurst™ Nutritional 
Chews, based on our proven PhytoMatrix® technology.   

nce, 
Evidencing our continued mission to expand our international presence, 
al
we opened four new countries in Europe and intend to add additional 
countries before the end of 2011.  

more 
At year-end our Board of Directors named us as Co-CEOs. Together we have more 
t
than 16 years’ experience with Mannatech, producing the best dietary supplements 
available. We believe that today Mannatech is better positioned to be a leader in the 
direct selling and wellness industries than it has been in some time. 

Most people have begun to recognize that wellness is a consumer-driven trend that will 
defi nitely have a benefi cial impact on human health. Spending on wellness represents a 
better long-term value proposition for consumers. Mannatech is a proactive leader in the 
area of scientifi c validation of wellness supplements and also bringing products based on 
Real Food Technology SM solutions to the marketplace. We ensure this high product quality 
by developing and formulating our products around the world meeting the strictest 
standards imposed by the strictest countries.  

Today, more than ever, Mannatech Associates can combine the power of leading-edge 
products and an outstanding business-building system and commission structure. 
Mannatech’s products and business opportunity are second to none for consumers 
interested in their health and fi nances, the two key issues for most families around the world. 

Sincerely,

Dr. Rob Sinnott
Co-CEO and Chief Science Offi  cer

Steve Fenstermacher
Co-CEO and Chief Financial Offi  cer

To the Shareholders, 

As I refl ect on my fi rst year as Chairman of the Board, it is apparent to me that 2009 was as diffi  cult 
a period for the economy and Mannatech in particular as I have seen. And yet, what I like about 
Mannatech’s employees and executives, Associates and fi eld leaders is their abiding faith and their belief 
in the possibilities. Not the problems or the challenges, but the real possibilities that can be achieved.

This was never more apparent than in our search for new leadership when our CEO resigned in 
December. We found not one but three dynamic executives who were qualifi ed and anxious to step 

forward and lead the company. Today, they are working together in a newly created Senior Executive Offi  ce; reorganizing the 
business to accelerate our domestic sales and drive our international expansion forward.

Mannatech’s Chief Financial Offi  cer, Steve Fenstermacher, and Chief Science Offi  cer, Rob Sinnott, were named Co-CEOs 
while Randy Bancino, Senior Vice President, was named President of international businesses. Together they have a depth 
of understanding of our industry, our Associates and our culture. Because of them, we have come out of 2009 a stronger 
company, positioned to face the next decade with strong leadership and a clear understanding of our mission.

That mission has evolved into our powerful Live for RealSM message: Real Products. Real Passion. Real PossibilitiesSM. Possibilities 
are what Mannatech is all about: the possibility of bringing the best income opportunities to our Associates, wellness to the 
world and enhanced value to our shareholders. 

Sincerely,y

J. Stanley Fredrick 
Chairman of the Board

For the year ended December 31, 2009
(in millions, except per share information and ratios)

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

Net sales  
Gross profi t  
Income/Loss before income taxes  
Net income/Loss  

EARNINGS/LOSS PER SHARE:

Basic  
Diluted 

  Weighted-average common shares outstanding (in thousands):

Basic  
Diluted 

FINANCIAL CONDITION:

Total cash and investments  
Total working capital  
Total assets  
Total shareholders’ equity  
Cash fl ows from operations  

STATISTICS:

Current ratio  
Inventory turnover ratio 
Debt-to-equity ratio  
Dividends paid per share  

2009

2008

2007

$290  
$96  
$(24)  
$(17)  

$333  
$135  
$(18)  
$(13)  

$413
$164
$10
$7

$(0.66) 
$(0.66) 

$(0.48) 
$(0.48) 

$0.25
$0.25

26,467 
26,467 

26,461 
26,461 

26,443
26,893

$17  
$22  
$102  
$51  
$(10)  

1.5  
1.5 
0.07 
$0.04  

$31 
$32 
$124  
$69  
$(20)  

1.7  
1.8 
0.03 
$0.36  

$60
$26
$152
$87
$18

1.5
2.5
0.02
$0.36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This year, Mannatech made great strides internationally while getting back to 
basics here at headquarters. We conceived our Live for Real brand promise, which will refl ect our passion for 

giving our Associates the best products using Real Food Technology solutions that help to change lives. 

Mannatech also continued to expand internationally, with products now available in four new countries and 

plans for expansion into Mexico. As we evolve and grow in the coming year, we’ll strive to embody our Live for 

Real spirit, through the promotion of our Real ProductsSM, Real PassionSM and Real PossibilitiesSM  pillars. 

“We are excited to unveil Mannatech’s new look and feel because the Live for Real promise is more than a tagline; 

it truly refl ects the way of life for our company and independent sales Associates internationally,” says Dr. Robert A. 

Sinnott, Mannatech’s Co-Chief Executive Offi  cer and Chief Science Offi  cer. “Our Real Products, Real Passion and Real 

Possibilities philosophy supports people looking to change their lives through a personal commitment to healthy 

living and dedication to building a business.”  

RealPassion

Living inspiration

Our commitment to the Real Passion message is 

And of course, our elite 

best exemplifi ed by our work with MannaRelief, 

a nonprofi t charity organization providing 

advanced nutrition to malnourished orphans 

around the globe through the compassion and 

Team MannatechSM 

athletes and their 

commitment to 

their respective 

caring of volunteers and nonprofi t workers.* 

sports continue to be 

In fact, the response of volunteer teams to the 

devastation caused by the 2010 earthquake 

in Haiti and its aftermath was immediate and 

inspiring, and within days of the disaster, 8,300 

pounds of nutritional products and supplements 

were distributed to victims across the country.

a source of inspiration for us. Mannatech 

is always proud to cheer on and celebrate their 

accomplishments, like Canada women’s hockey 

champion Hayley Wickenheiser, who recently won 

Olympic gold at the Winter Games in Vancouver, 

and United States speed skater Kimberly Derrick, 

who won a bronze medal in the 3000-meter short 

track relay at the Winter Games. Mannatech will 

always support our athletes’ high-caliber, world-class 

performances, just as these athletes support and 

endorse our products.† 

* MannaRelief is an independent, nonprofi t organization. It is not owned or 
controlled by Mannatech, Incorporated.

† As Team Mannatech members, the athletes receive free Mannatech products. 
Hayley Wickenheiser and Kimberly Derrick are Independent Mannatech 
Associates.

RealProducts

Science and nature—the best of both worlds

The foundation of Mannatech’s 
success has always been the 
science behind our products. 

It’s no accident these products 
achieve results. That’s because 
diligent research goes into 
each and every one, with 
careful attention paid to which 
combination of ingredients 
works best together based on 
Real Food TechnologySM solutions.

Real Food Technology solutions 
would not be possible 
without our fl agship product, 
Ambrotose complex. It’s just as 
groundbreaking a formula today 
as it was 16 years ago. That’s 
why we continue to champion 
it by defending our 45 global 
patents, which makes our 
Associates prouder than ever to 
be the exclusive retailers of all 
our products with Ambrotose 
complex formulations.

This year we look to the future 
by celebrating the strides we’ve 
already made in the industry. 
This is the driving philosophy 
behind Mannatech’s Real [5] 
for LifeSM core products, which 
feature Ambrotose 
Ambrotose 
complex as well 
ex as well
as PhytoMatrix® 
toMatrix® 
caplets, Ambrotose 
, Ambrotose 
AO® capsules, 
psules, 
PLUS™ caplets 
caplets 
and Essential 
sential
Source™ Omega-3. 
™ Omega-3.
Together, these 
er, these

fi ve products constitute a 
nutritionally well-rounded daily 
regimen that thousands of 
our Associates and customers 
benefi t from.  

the go, debuted in November 
2009 and immediately sold 
out in the fi rst two months. 
Recently, at MannaFestSM 2010, 
it was our best-selling product 

The newest of our Real 
al 
[5] for Life products is 
Essential Source 
Omega-3, released 
in September 2009. 
Essential Source 
Omega-3 surpasses 
quality and purity 
standards for fi sh oil 
supplements and is 
highly competitive 
with other omega-3 off erings.

ff i

Mannatech’s fi rst chewable 
vitamin for the entire 
vitamin for th
family has also been a 
family has a
resounding, best-selling 
resounding,
success. PhytoBurst 
success. Phy
Nutritional Chews, a 
Nutritional C
family-friendly product 
family-friend
perfect for delivering 
perfect fo
nutrition on 
nut

and continues to 
an
be in high 
demand. Our 
Associates love 
the individually 
wrapped size, 
which provides a 
convenient way 
of introducing 
Mannatech to 
new customers.
n

MannaFest 2010 
M
also marked the debut of our 
Simply Delicious™ snack bar 
in the U.S. and Canada. USDA 
Organic certifi ed, it provides 
a great source of protein, and 
its ingredients were specially 
chosen to be competitive 
in global markets. 

RealPossibilities

Our Associates mean the world to us. 

The heart of Mannatech is our Associates. Caring 

individuals who are passionate about sharing wellness 

with others, they are dedicated to the products, the 

company and each other. 

In fact, a large part of our Live for Real philosophy is 

refl ected in our commitment to helping our Associates 

around the world achieve success by operating with 

integrity, truth and purpose.

Last year we also spread our wings in four new countries, 

thus broadening Mannatech’s network of Associates and 

global reach in Europe. And that trend of international 

expansion continues, as Mannatech plans to launch 

its new Live for Real brand, high-quality products and 

business-building opportunity in Mexico. 

“This will be a crucial step for our 
international growth. Our future 
presence in Mexico will allow us 
to reach an entirely new market 
of consumers interested in our 
wellness products and business-
building opportunity.”

—  Randy Bancino 

President, Global Business Operations and Expansion

2009 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

[   ] 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 
or 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from ________to ________ 

Commission File No. 000-24657 
MANNATECH, INCORPORATED 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter) 

Texas 
(State or other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 

75-2508900 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

600 S. Royal Lane, Suite 200, Coppell, Texas 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

75019 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (972) 471-7400 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share 
Title of each class 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [  ]   No [X] 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes [  ]   No [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 
12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.              
Yes [X] No [(cid:2)] 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was 
required to submit and post such files). Yes [X] No [  ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s 

knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large 

accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer [   ] 

Accelerated filer [X] 

Non-accelerated filer [   ] 

Smaller reporting company [   ] 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes [  ]   No [X] 

At June 30, 2009, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $51,972,297 based on the closing sale 

price of $3.30, as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market.  

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 5, 2010 was 26,480,788 shares. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 

Mannatech incorporates information required by Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14) of this report by reference to its definitive proxy 

statement for its 2010 annual shareholders’ meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A no later than 120 days after the end of its fiscal year. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Item 5. 
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 
Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Item 15. 

 Business 
 Risk Factors 
 Unresolved Staff Comments 
 Properties 
 Legal Proceedings 
 Reserved 

Part I

Part II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 
 Selected Financial Data 
 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
 Controls and Procedures 
 Other Information 

Part III

 Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance 
 Executive Compensation 
 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 
 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
 Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
 Signatures 

Part IV

Page
1 

2 
21 
30 
30 
30 
30 

31 
34 
35 
57 
58 
58 
58 
61 

61 
61 
61 
61 
61 

61 
62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

Certain disclosures and analysis in this Form 10-K, including information incorporated by reference, may include 

forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, 
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995 that are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Opinions, forecasts, projections, guidance or other 
statements other than statements of historical fact are considered forward-looking statements and reflect only current views about 
future events and financial performance. Some of these forward-looking statements include statements regarding: 

•  management’s plans and objectives for future operations; 
• 
• 

existing cash flows being adequate to fund future operational needs; 
future plans related to budgets, future capital requirements, market share growth, and anticipated capital projects 
and obligations; 
the realization of net deferred tax assets; 
the ability to curtail operating expenditures; 
global statutory tax rates remaining unchanged; 
the impact of future market changes due to exposure to foreign currency translations; 
the possibility of certain policies, procedures, and internal processes minimizing exposure to market risk; 
the impact of new accounting pronouncements on financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows; 
the outcome of new or existing litigation matters; 
the outcome of new or existing regulatory inquiries or investigations; and 
other assumptions described in this report underlying such forward-looking statements. 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Although we believe that the expectations included in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these forward-

looking statements are subject to certain events, risks, assumptions, and uncertainties, including those discussed below and in the 
“Risk Factors” section in Item 1A of this Form 10-K, and elsewhere in this Form 10-K and the documents incorporated by 
reference herein. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, 
actual results and developments could materially differ from those expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements. 
For example, any of the following factors could cause actual results to vary materially from our projections: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

overall growth or lack of growth in the nutritional supplements industry; 
plans for expected future product development; 
changes in manufacturing costs; 
shifts in the mix of packs and products; 
the future impact of any changes to global associate career and compensation plans or incentives; 
the ability to attract and retain independent associates and members; 
new regulatory changes that may affect operations or products; 
the competitive nature of our business with respect to products and pricing; 
publicity related to our products or network marketing; and 
the political, social, and economic climate. 

Forward-looking statements generally can be identified by use of phrases or terminology such as “may,” “will,” 

“should,” “could,” “would,” “expects,” “plans,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “approximates,” “predicts,” 
“projects,” “potential,” and “continues” or other similar words or the negative of such terms and other comparable terminology. 
Similarly, descriptions of Mannatech’s objectives, strategies, plans, goals, or targets contained herein are also considered 
forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned when considering these forward-looking statements to keep in mind these 
risks, assumptions, and uncertainties and any other cautionary statements in this report, as all of the forward-looking statements 
contained herein speak only as of the date of this report. 

Unless stated otherwise, all financial information throughout this report and in the Consolidated Financial Statements 

and related Notes include Mannatech, Incorporated and all of its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and may be referred to 
herein as “Mannatech,” “the Company,” “its,” “we,” “our,” or “their.” 

Our products are not intended to diagnose, cure, treat, or prevent any disease and any statements about our products 

contained in this report have not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration, also referred to herein as the FDA. 

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1. Business 

Overview 

PART I 

Mannatech, Incorporated is a global wellness solution provider, which was incorporated and began operations in 
November 1993. We develop and sell innovative, high-quality, proprietary nutritional supplements, topical and skin care 
products, and weight-management products that target optimal health and wellness. We currently sell our products in the 
United States, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, Japan, New Zealand, the Republic of Korea, Taiwan, Denmark, 
Germany, South Africa, Singapore, Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. We conduct our business as a single 
operating segment and primarily sell our products and packs through a network of independent associates and members. 
As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately 513,000 independent associates and members who have purchased our 
products and packs within the last 12 months. 

We sell our products through network marketing, which we believe is the most cost-effective way to quickly and 

effectively introduce our products and communicate information about our business to the global marketplace. Network 
marketing minimizes upfront costs, as compared to conventional marketing methods, and allows us to be more responsive 
to the ever-changing overall market conditions, as well as continue to research and develop high quality products and 
focus on controlled successful international expansion. We believe the network marketing channel allows us to effectively 
communicate the potential benefits and unique properties of our proprietary products to our consumers. In addition, 
network marketing provides our business-building independent associates with an avenue to supplement their income and 
develop financial freedom by building their own businesses centered around our business philosophies and unique 
products. 

Since our initial public offering in February 1999, our common stock has traded on the NASDAQ Global Market 
(formerly the NASDAQ National Market) under the symbol “MTEX”. Information for each of our five most recent fiscal 
years, with respect to our net sales, results of operations, and identifiable assets is set forth in “Item 6. – Selected Financial 
Data” of this report. 

Available Information 

We make available free of charge, through our Internet website (https://new.mannatech.com), our annual reports 

on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and certain other information filed or 
furnished with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically 
filing, or furnishing such material. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information 
statements, and other information regarding issuers, including Mannatech, Incorporated, that electronically file with the 
SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Additionally, such materials are available in print upon the written request of any shareholder 
to our principle executive office located at 600 S. Royal Lane, Suite 200, Coppell, Texas 75019, Attention: Investor 
Relations, or by contacting our investor relations department at (972) 471-6512 or IR@mannatech.com. 

Business Segment, Products and Product Development 

Business Segment. We conduct our business as a single operating segment – primarily as a seller of nutritional 

supplements, topical and skin care products, and weight management products through network marketing distribution 
channels in sixteen countries. For more information with respect to the financial results and conditions of our business 
segment, including financial information about geographic areas, see Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements. 

Products. Scientists have discovered that a healthy body consists of many sophisticated components working in 

harmony to achieve optimal health and wellness and requires cellular communication to function at an optimal level. In its 
most basic form, a body’s internal communication occurs at the cellular level and is referred to as cell-to-cell 
communication. Scientists also discovered that there are more than 200 monosaccharides, also called sugar molecules, 
which form naturally. Specific monosaccharides are considered vital components for cellular communication in the human 
body. Furthermore, scientists discovered that these monosaccharides attach themselves to certain proteins, which then 
form a molecule called glycoprotein. Harper’s Biochemistry, a leading and nationally recognized biochemistry reference 
source, recognizes that these molecules are found in human glycoproteins and are believed to be essential in helping to 
promote and provide effective cell-to-cell communication in the human body.  

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The history of our proprietary ingredients/products is as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

In 1994, we developed and began selling our first products containing Manapol®, an ingredient formulated to  
support cell-to-cell communication. 

In 1996, we enhanced our products based on the study of glycoproteins and our scientists developed our own 
proprietary compound, Ambrotose® complex, which we patented. Our Ambrotose® complex is a blend of 
polysaccharides (composed of monosaccharides) that helps provide support for the immune system. 

In 2001, we broadened our proprietary ingredients by developing the Ambroglycin® blend, a balanced food-
mineral matrix which helps deliver nutrients to the body and which is used in our proprietary Catalyst™ and  
Glycentials® vitamin/mineral supplements. 

In 2004, we introduced our proprietary blend of antioxidant nutrients, MTech AO Blend®, which is used in 
our proprietary antioxidant Ambrotose AO® product. 

In 2006, we introduced a unique blend of plant-based minerals, natural vitamins, and standardized 
phytochemicals for use in our proprietary PhytoMatrix® product. We also introduced a compound used in 
reformulated Advanced Ambrotose® complex. This compound allows a more potent concentration of the full 
range of mannose-containing polysaccharides occurring naturally in aloe to be produced in a stable powdered 
form. 

In 2007, we introduced into the United States market our skin care line of products that supports skin’s 
natural texture, beauty, and elasticity. We also launched our PhytoMatrix® caplets, Advanced Ambrotose® 
capsules and Manna•Bears™ supplement into international markets. 

In 2008, we introduced a proprietary proteolytic enzyme and phytosterol dietary supplement that supports the 
body’s natural recovery processes associated with physical activity in our BounceBack™ capsules. We also 
introduced a proprietary version of whey protein peptide technology which assists targeted fat loss when 
combined with exercise and a healthy diet in our OsoLean™ powder. 

In 2009, we launched some highly notable new products such as: 

(cid:131)  Our Essential Source™ Omega-3, which features EPA/DHA essential acids. 
(cid:131)  Our PhytoBurst™ Nutritional Chews, which are formulated with vitamins, minerals and 

phytonutrients from food-sourced ingredients.  

(cid:131)  Our GI-ProBalance™, which is a synbiotic digestive product containing both probiotics and 

prebiotics, as well as digestive enzymes. 

(cid:131)  Our Advanced Ambrotose™ products were improved to include beta-Carotene. 

(cid:131)  Several products from our domestic line were launched in many of our current international 

markets. 

Our product philosophy focuses on a full spectrum of quality nutritional and personal care products aimed at 

promoting and maintaining optimal health and wellness. We focus on producing products that are from all-natural sources, 
with no synthetic or chemically derived additives. We also offer our independent associates sales aids, including various 
enrollment and renewal packs, orientation and training programs, brochures, audio and videotapes, DVDs, web-based data 
management tools, and personalized website development. There are four major categories of our products: 

Health, which offers a variety of nutritional supplements that aid in optimizing overall health and wellness. This 
category includes a variety of daily nutritional supplements, health solutions for children, and additional 
nutrients designed to help keep specific body systems at optimal levels. 

Weight and Fitness, which offers products designed to curb appetite and burn fat, build lean muscle tissue, and 

support recovery from overexertion. 

Skin Care, which offers several products designed to improve and strengthen the skin’s own natural texture, 
softness and elasticity including damaged areas, as well as help deliver vital antioxidants to the skin. 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes our products by category: 

Product Category 

Representative Products 

 Health 

 Weight and Fitness 

 Skin Care 

Ambrotose® complex, Ambrotose AO®, Advanced 
Ambrotose®, PhytoMatrix®, Glyco-Bears®, MannaBears™, 
Catalyst™, PLUS™, Manna-C™, CardioBALANCE®, 
ImmunoSTART®, BounceBack™, MannaCLEANSE™, 
PhytAloe®, GI-Pro®, and GI-Zyme®, Essential Source™ 
Omega-3, PhytoBurst™ Nutritional Chews, and  
GI-ProBalance™ . 
OsoLean™, Accelerator3™, FiberSlim®, GlycoSlim®, 
AmbroStart®, SPORT™, and EM·PACT®. 
Emprizone®, FIRM with Ambrotose®, Face Cleansing 
Cream, Skin Lotion, Skin Serum, Eye Cream, After Shave 
Milk, Cleansing Oil, and Skin Cream. 

Product Development. Our product committee continues to focus on potential new products and compounds that 

help target or promote overall health and wellness. When considering new products and compounds, our product 
committee considers the following criteria: 

•  marketability and proprietary nature of the product; 
• 
• 

demand for the product; 

competitors’ products; 

• 
• 

• 

regulatory considerations; 

availability of ingredients; and 

data supporting claims of efficacy and safety. 

To maintain a flexible operating strategy and the ability to increase production capacity, we contract with third-

parties to manufacture all of our products, which allows us to effectively respond to fluctuations in demand with minimal 
investment and helps control our operating costs. We believe our suppliers and manufacturers are capable of meeting our 
current and projected inventory requirements over the next several years. However, as a safety measure, we continue to 
identify and approve alternative suppliers and manufacturers to ensure that our global demands are met in a timely manner 
and to help minimize any risk of business interruption. 

Industry Overview 

Nutrition Industry 

We operate in the nutritional supplement industry and distribute and sell our products through our own global 

network marketing channel. The nutritional supplement industry is fast-paced, highly fragmented and intensely 
competitive. It includes companies that manufacture and distribute products that are generally intended to enhance the 
body’s performance and well-being. Nutritional supplements include vitamins, minerals, dietary supplements, herbs, 
botanicals, and compounds derived there from. Prior to 1990, all dietary supplements in the United States were tightly 
regulated by the FDA and only included essential nutrients such as vitamins, minerals, and proteins. In 1990, the Nutrition 
Labeling and Education Act expanded the category to include “herbs or similar nutritional substances”, but the FDA 
maintained control over pre-market approval. However, in 1994, the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 
1994 (“DSHEA”) was passed in the United States, drastically changing the dietary supplement marketplace. The DSHEA 
was instrumental in expanding the category of dietary supplements to further include herbal and botanical supplements 
and ingredients such as ginseng, fish oils, enzymes, and various mixtures of these ingredients. Under DSHEA, vendors of 
dietary supplements are now able to educate consumers regarding the effects of certain component ingredients. 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nutritional supplements are sold through mass market retailers, drug stores, supermarkets, discount stores, health 

food stores, mail order companies, and direct sales organizations. Direct selling, of which network marketing is a 
significant segment, has grown significantly and has been enhanced in the past decade as a distribution channel due to 
advancements in technology and communications resulting in improved product distribution and faster dissemination of 
information. 

The Nutrition Business Journal is a research, publishing, and consulting company serving the nutrition, natural 

products, and alternative health care industries. According to the Nutrition Business Journal, Supplement Business Report 
2009, the United States’ supplement sales to consumers in 2008 were $25.2 billion, which represented a sales growth of 
6.2% from 2007. Also in the report was a forecast for a sales growth of 7.2% for 2009. Historical sales for 2008 and 2007, 
and growth forecasts for 2009 from the different sectors within the United States nutrition industry were as follows: 

Nutrition Industry Sector 
Functional foods 
Nutritional supplements 
Natural and organic foods 
Natural personal care 
Total nutrition industry 

Projected 
2009 
%  
36 
%  
25 
%  
29 
%  
10 
100  %  

2008 
37  %  
25  %  
28  %  
10  %  
100  %  

2007 
37  %  
26  %  
28  %  
9  %  
100  %  

Of the total reported annual revenues from the United States nutrition industry, cited above, the percentage of 

total annual revenues by sales outlet type for 2008 and 2007 were as follows: 

Nutrition Industry Sales Outlet 
Grocer, drug, mass merchandise or club 
Specialty retail 
Mail order 
Multi-level marketing/direct selling 
Practitioner 
Internet 
Total sales by sales outlet 

2008 

56 % 
30 % 
2 % 
7 % 
3 % 
2 % 
100 % 

2007 
54 %   
33 %  
2 %  
8 %  
2 %  
1 %  
100 %  

The Nutrition Business Journal also reported that global nutritional industry sales estimated for 2008 and 2009 
were $265.5 billion and $285.3 billion, respectively. The expected growth rate for the global nutrition industry is largely 
attributed to the following: 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

the wide acceptance of the Internet and increased access to information by consumers; 

the rising cost of traditional health care; 

the growing acceptance and study of the concept of natural-based alternatives; 

the general aging of the population; 

the passage of regulatory acts in foreign markets similar to those in the United States, such as the DSHEA; 
and 

the innovation of products. 

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct Selling/Network marketing Channel 

Since the 1990’s, the direct selling and network marketing sales channel has grown in popularity and general 

acceptance, including acceptance by prominent investors and capital investment groups who have invested in direct-selling 
companies. This has provided direct selling companies with additional recognition and credibility in the growing global 
marketplace. In addition, many large corporations have diversified their marketing strategy by entering the direct selling 
arena. Several consumer-product companies have launched their own direct selling businesses with international 
operations often accounting for the majority of their revenues. Consumers and investors are beginning to realize that direct 
selling provides unique opportunities and a competitive advantage in today’s markets. Businesses are able to quickly 
communicate and develop strong relationships with their customers, by-pass expensive ad-campaigns, and introduce 
products and services that would otherwise be difficult to promote through traditional distribution channels such as retail 
stores. Direct selling is a channel of distribution with healthy cash flow, high return on invested capital, and long-term 
prospects for global expansion. According to the worldwide direct sales data published by the World Federation of Direct 
Selling Association, in 2009 there were approximately 65.3 million sales people around the world who collectively 
generated annual retail sales of $114 billion. 

Operating Strengths 

1.  High-Quality, Innovative, Proprietary Products. Our product concept is based on the scientific belief that certain 

glyconutrients, also known as monosaccharides or sugar molecules, are essential for maintaining a healthy 
immune system. We believe the addition of effective nutritional supplements to a well-balanced diet, coupled 
with an effective exercise program, will enhance and help maintain optimal health and wellness. We focus on 
producing products that are from all-natural sources with no synthetic or chemically derived additives. Our 
products are formulated with predominately naturally-occurring, plant-derived, carbohydrate-based safe 
ingredients that are designed to use nutrients working through normal physiology to help achieve and maintain 
optimal health and wellness, rather than developing common synthetic, carbohydrate-based products.  

We believe that our patented proprietary blend of Ambrotose® complex included in many of our 
products distinguishes us as a leader in the global nutritional supplements industry and that no other combination 
of vitamins, minerals, amino acids, or herbals can provide the benefits found in our Ambrotose® complex. We 
also believe the use of unique compounds found in our products allows us to effectively differentiate and 
distinguish our products from those of our competitors. 

2.  Research and Development Efforts. We are steadfast in our commitment to quality-driven research and 

development. We use systematic processes for the research and development of our unique proprietary product 
formulas, as well as the identification of quality suppliers and manufacturers. Our research and quality assurance 
programs are outlined on our corporate websites, https://new.mannatech.com, www.allaboutmannatech.com, and 
www.mannatechscience.org. 

Dr. Robert Sinnott, our co-CEO and chief science officer, leads our team of experienced researchers and 

scientists. Our team of researchers continually reviews the latest published research data, attends scientific 
conferences, and draws upon its vast knowledge and expertise to develop new products and support existing ones. 
In addition, our research team works in collaboration with other research firms, universities, institutes, and 
scientists. Our products have been the focus of numerous pre-clinical and clinical studies. 

Some of our more recent collaborative research projects include: 

1) 

2) 

A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study which showed that healthy middle-
aged adults who took one teaspoon of Ambrotose® complex twice daily performed 
significantly better on memory tasks and overall had a more positive mood. The findings of 
this 12-week study were published in the January 2010 issue of Developmental 
Neuropsychology, a peer-reviewed scientific journal. 

A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study showed that healthy young adults who 
took a single, one-tablespoon serving of Ambrotose® complex had significantly improved 
visual discrimination and working memory. This study, conducted at Howard University, 
was published in 2009 in the peer-reviewed scientific journal Perceptual and Motor Skills. 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3) 

4) 

5) 

An open-label study showed that OsoLean™ consumption significantly increased weight loss 
and waist inches lost, significantly decreased BMI and appetite, and improved quality of life 
in healthy overweight adults. The findings of this eight week study were published in The 
Open Nutraceuticals Journal in March 2009. 
A pre-clinical study showed that rats ingesting Ambrotose® complex and Advanced 
Ambrotose® were protected against chemically-induced ulcerative colitis. The findings of 
this study, conducted by researchers at Eurofins/Product Safety Laboratories, were published 
in the peer-reviewed journal Digestive Disease Science in June 2009. 

A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, cross-over study showed on that intake of 2 
capsules/day of BounceBack™ resulted in a significant reduction in pain after strenuous 
physical activity. This 30 day study, conducted by Medicus Research (Northridge, CA), was 
published in Journal of the International Society of Sports Nutrition in 2009. 

To support our research and development efforts, we have strategic alliances with our suppliers, 

consultants, and manufacturers, which allow us to effectively identify and develop high-quality, innovative, 
proprietary products that increase our competitive advantage in the marketplace. 

Our research and development efforts include developing and maintaining quality standards, supporting 

development efforts for new ingredients and compounds, and improving or enhancing existing products or 
ingredients. In addition, our research and development team identifies other quality-driven suppliers and 
manufacturers for both our global and regional needs. In 2009, 2008, and 2007, we invested approximately $4.1 
million, $5.0 million, and $6.6 million, respectively, in research and development efforts and projects, and we 
plan to spend approximately $4.7 million in 2010. 

3.  Quality Assurance Program. We use qualified manufacturing contractors to produce, test, and package our 

finished products. These contractors must strictly adhere to our quality assurance program and when necessary be 
certified by the Therapeutic Goods Administration of Australia (“TGA”). The TGA requires companies that 
manufacture complementary medicines to comply with its good manufacturing practices regulations. In addition 
to the TGA regulations, our quality assurance program is designed to comply with the following regulations: 

• 

• 

• 

the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practice (“GMP”) in manufacturing, packaging, labeling, or 
holding operations for dietary supplements; 

the FDA’s GMP for human food; 

the requirements of the Natural Health Products Directorate of Canada; and 

•  Korean Food and Drug Administration. 

We have established a quality assurance program designed to ensure compliance with regulatory 

requirements and to ensure that proper controls are maintained in the manufacturing, evaluation, packaging, 
storage, and distribution of our products. These controls include a comprehensive supplier quality program that 
requires frequent audits and surveillances, third-party certifications, and product monitoring. 

Our in-house quality assurance program is led by a team of professionals, many of whom have extensive 

experience in the pharmaceutical industry and continually monitor the quality assurance aspects of our products, 
including the production process. Our quality assurance professionals develop quality standards for raw material, 
components and products, and perform tests and inspections to ensure that products are safe and of high quality. 

We require our dietary supplements to be packaged with seals to help minimize the risk of tampering. 
We also perform stability studies under controlled and accelerated temperature storage conditions to ensure the 
accuracy of the shelf life of our products. 

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We submit our products for testing by independent laboratories: 

•  Nine products are certified according to the NSF/ANSI 173 Dietary Supplement Standard—the only 
American National Standard for dietary supplements. This certification ensures that this product 
contains only the ingredients indicated on the label and is free of impurities, and that Good 
Manufacturing Practices (GMPs) were used in the manufacturing facility. 

•  Eight products are certified Kosher by OUKosher, the trademark with the highest certification 

standards world-wide. 

•  Twenty-three products are certified gluten-free by Covance Laboratories.  

4.  High-Caliber, Industry-Leading Independent Associates. Our global team of independent associates are 

comprised of dedicated, hard working, high-caliber, compliance-oriented individuals, many of whom have been 
associated with the network marketing industry for decades and have been loyal to us since our beginning in 
1993. To capitalize on their wealth of knowledge and experience, we sponsor a panel of independent associates, 
called the “North American Associate Advisory Council”, and a panel of international independent associates, 
called the “Global Advisory Council” (collectively called the “Advisory Council”), which help identify and 
effectively relay the needs of our independent business-building associates to us. The members of the Advisory 
Council are elected by their peers and serve a three-year term. The Advisory Council meets periodically with our 
team of senior management to recommend changes, discuss issues, and provide new ideas or concepts, including 
a full spectrum of innovative ideas for additional quality-driven nutritional supplements aimed at maintaining 
optimal health and wellness. 

5.  Support Philosophy for Our Independent Associates and Members. We are fully committed to providing the 

highest level of support services to our independent associates and members and believe that we meet 
expectations and build customer loyalty through the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

providing efficient order processing centers to support operations; 

offering highly-personalized and responsive customer service; 

offering a 100% satisfaction guarantee product return policy for the first 180 days following the 
product’s purchase; 

providing comprehensive corporate websites (https://new.mannatech.com, 
www.allaboutmannatech.com, www.mannatechscience.org, www.mannathink.com), that provide 
instant access to Internet ordering, marketing, technical and educational information, and unique 
and innovative marketing tools; 

offering free personalized website development for our independent associates; 

•  maintaining an extensive web-based downline management system called Success Tracker™ that 
provides access to web conferencing and downline organization reporting for our independent 
associates at minimal costs; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

offering updated training/orientation and compliance programs for our independent associates; 

providing strategically based distribution fulfillment centers to ensure products are shipped on time 
and at minimal cost; 

inviting their input on innovative product ideas, which are gathered and tabulated on 
www.mannathink.com (launched at MannaFest 2009); 

sponsoring comprehensive training about our products and promotional materials, and offering a 
full spectrum of comprehensive educational materials; and 

sponsoring several corporate events, which are designed to provide information, education, and 
motivation for our dedicated business-building associates and to help stimulate business 
development. These events provide an interactive venue for introducing new products and services 
and allow interaction between our management teams, outside researchers, and independent 
associates. 

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.  Flexible Operating Strategy. We believe efficiency, focus, and flexibility are paramount to our operations. For 

over a decade, we have contracted with third parties to produce our proprietary raw materials and to manufacture 
our proprietary products, which we believe allows us to minimize capital expenditures, capitalize on such parties’ 
expertise, and build additional resources for strategic alliances in the areas of distribution and logistics, product 
registration, and export requirements. By contracting with various suppliers and manufacturers and by 
outsourcing distribution for all of our foreign operations, except Europe, we believe we can quickly adapt 
operations to current demands in a timely, efficient, and cost-effective manner. We monitor the performance of 
our third party contractors to ensure they maintain a high quality of service. In addition, we identify alternative 
sources for our raw materials suppliers and finished goods manufacturers to help prevent any risk of interruption 
in production should any existing contractors become unable to perform satisfactorily. 

7.  Experience and Depth of Our Management Team. We believe our team of executives has extensive experience 
in all aspects of business operations and is highly-focused on our success. Our Board of Directors is composed of 
seven directors, including five independent directors. We believe our board members have a wealth of knowledge 
and experience in most aspects of our business operations and are especially well versed in network marketing, 
finance, nutritional products, regulatory matters, and corporate governance. Our entire management team is 
committed to delivering high-quality products and superior service. 

Business Strategy 

Our long-term goal is to be the world’s leading direct-to-consumer wellness brand founded on the best science-

based proprietary products and a powerful global independent network distribution model. To achieve our goal, we believe 
we must focus on the following business priorities: 

•  Attracting New Independent Associates and Retaining Existing Independent Associates. We continually 
examine our global associate career and compensation plan and periodically introduce new incentives, such 
as our annual travel incentives, in order to attract, motivate, and retain independent associates. We believe 
our global associate career and compensation plan encourages greater associate retention, motivation, and 
productivity. 

•  Carefully Planning and Executing New Market Entries. In order to expand efficiently around the globe, we 
must continue to present maximum opportunity to our current associates as well as those who will join us in 
the future. 

•  Developing New Products and Enhancing Existing Products. We continue to focus on new areas for future 
product development. We continue our research efforts and strive to ensure that all of our products are made 
from high-quality, effective ingredients that contain one or more of our proprietary compounds, which we 
believe contributes to our cutting-edge industry leader goals. We expect that any future products we develop 
will further complement and enhance our existing products. 

•  Strengthening our Financial Results and Adding Value to Our Shareholders and Independent Associates. 
We believe we can continue to concentrate on improving financial results by focusing on ways to increase 
our revenues in both our domestic and foreign operations, and continuing to control operating costs. 

Intellectual Property 

Trademarks. We pursue registrations for all trademarks associated with our key products and protection of our 
legal rights concerning our trademarks. As of December 31, 2009, we had 38 registered trademarks in the United States 
and nine trademark applications pending with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. At December 31, 2009, we 
also had 442 registered trademarks in 31 countries and 56 trademark applications pending in 11 foreign jurisdictions. 
Globally, the protection available in foreign jurisdictions may not be as extensive as the protection available to us in the 
United States. Where available, we rely on common law trademark rights to protect our unregistered trademarks, even 
though such rights do not provide us with the same level of protection as afforded by a United States federal trademark 
registration. Common law trademark rights are limited to the geographic area in which the trademark is actually used. A 
United States federal trademark registration enables us to stop infringing use of the trademark by a third party anywhere in 
the United States provided the unauthorized third party user does not have superior common law rights in the trademark 
within a specific geographical area of a particular state or region prior to the date our mark federally registers. 

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patents. We applied for patent protection in various countries for formulations and use of compositions and 

methods that relate to our Ambrotose® complex. As of December 31, 2009, we had obtained 47 patents for technology 
related to the Ambrotose® formulation, five of which are in the United States and the remainder of which are in 29 foreign 
jurisdictions. We have one Manapol patent in Canada. We also have ten pending patent applications in the United States; 
two relate to our Ambrotose® complex technology and four of relate to our antioxidant technology. The other patent 
applications relate to (i) PhytoMatrix®, a vitamin and mineral supplement; (ii) our Rapid Saccharide Biomarker Assay; 
(iii) our Processing of Natural Saccharide Polysaccharides (Probiotic and Prebiotic); and (iv) Soluable Fiber patent. We 
have 165 patent applications pending in 29 foreign jurisdictions. Depending on the jurisdiction, an issued patent grants us 
certain rights to prevent others from: making, offering to sell, using, importing or selling the patented subject matter for 
the term of the patent. The exclusionary rights of these patents are national in scope. Until a patent is approved and issued, 
we cannot exclude others from making, using, selling, offering to sell, or importing a product that falls within the scope of 
the claims in the application. 

Associate Distribution System 

Overview. Our sales philosophy is to distribute our products through network marketing channels where 

consumers purchase products for personal consumption or resale. Members purchase our products for personal use at a 
discounted retail value, but do not participate in our global associate career and compensation plan. Independent associates 
purchase our products at a discounted wholesale value and are eligible to participate in our global associate career and 
compensation plan. All of our associates are independent contractors. We provide each new independent associate with 
our policies and procedures that require the independent associates to comply with regulatory guidelines and act in a 
consistent and professional manner. 

Our revenues are heavily dependent upon the retention and productivity of independent associates to help us 

achieve long-term growth. We believe the introduction of new innovative incentives, such as travel incentives, will 
continue to motivate our independent associates and help expand our global purchasing base. We remain actively 
committed to expanding the number of our independent associates through recruitment, support, motivation, and 
incentives. Total independent associates and members purchasing our products and packs within the 12 months ended  
December 31, 2009 and 2008 were approximately 513,000 and 531,000, respectively. 

To gain operating efficiencies, we offer a 10% discount to independent associates and members who enroll in our 

automatic monthly order program. Our automatic monthly order program allows our independent associates to receive a 
standing order every four weeks and our members to receive a standing order once a month. Automatic monthly orders, on 
average, account for approximately 77% of our total orders placed during a calendar month. 

Independent Associate Development. Network marketing consists of enrolling individuals who build a network 
of independent associates, members, and retail customers who purchase products. We support our independent associates 
by providing an array of support services that can be tailored to meet individual needs, including: 

• 

• 
• 

offering educational meetings and corporate-sponsored events that emphasize business-building and 
compliance related information; 

sponsoring various informative and science-based conference calls, web casts, and seminars; 

providing automated services through the Internet and telephone that offer a full spectrum of information and 
business-building tools; 

•  maintaining an efficient decentralized ordering and distribution system; 
• 

providing highly personalized and responsive order processing and customer service support accessible by 
multiple communication channels including telephone, Internet, or e-mail; 

• 

• 

• 

offering 24-hour, seven days a week access to information and ordering through the Internet; 

offering Success Tracker™, a customized business-building genealogy system, which contains graphs, maps, 
alerts, reports, and web video conferencing for our independent associates; and 

providing a wide assortment of business-building and educational materials to help stimulate product sales 
and simplify enrollment. 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Together with continuing independent associates, we provide training and education for new independent 

associates about our products and network marketing. We offer a unique global orientation/training program that 
integrates audio, video, and graphics so that associates can customize their own individual, unique marketing, and training 
program. This training program helps provide systematic and uniform training related to our products and related global 
regulatory requirements, global associate career and compensation plan, and various methods of conducting business 
including ethics and compliance. We also offer a variety of brochures, monthly newsletters, and other promotional 
materials to associates to assist in their sales efforts, training, and continuing education. We continually update our 
training and promotional materials to provide our associates with the most current information and motivational tools. 

Our global associate career and compensation plan consists of eight independent associate achievement levels; 

from lowest to highest, these include regional, national, executive, presidential, bronze, silver, gold, and platinum.  

Independent associate achievement levels are determined by the growth and volume of direct and indirect 

commissionable net sales credited to the associate’s global organization. Global commissionable net sales are calculated 
based on certain product and pack sales, which are assigned a product point volume. Promotional materials and training 
aids are not assigned any point volume. Independent associates earn points, which in turn earn commissions from their 
direct and indirect global product sales, as well as points for expanding their networks. This point structure is referred to as 
our global seamless downline structure, which allows independent associates to build their global organization by 
expanding their existing downlines into all international markets rather than having to establish new downlines to qualify 
for higher levels of commissions within each new country. Our global associate career and compensation plan is designed 
to comply with all applicable governmental regulations that govern the various aspects of payments to independent 
associates in each country. 

Based upon our knowledge of industry-related network marketing compensation plans, we believe our global 

associate career and compensation plan remains strong in the industry and is currently among the most financially 
rewarding plans offered. Together, our commissions and incentives range from 45% to 50% of our consolidated net sales. 

Our global associate career and compensation plan pays various types of commissions and incentives based upon 
a point system that calculates a percentage of the independent associate’s commissionable direct and indirect net sales and 
the attainment of certain associate achievement levels. All payments to our independent associates are made after they 
have earned their commissions. We believe our global associate career and compensation plan fairly compensates our 
independent associates at every stage of building their business by quickly rewarding an independent associate for both the 
breadth and depth of their global seamless downline structure. 

Our global associate career and compensation plan identifies and pays 17 types of incentive commissions to our 

qualified independent associates, which are based on the following: 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

generating product sales from an independent associate’s global downline to earn certain achievement levels; 

enrolling new independent associates or members who place a product order; 

obtaining certain achievement levels and enrolling other independent associates in a downline who place 
monthly automatic orders; 

obtaining and developing certain achievement levels within their downline organizations to qualify for 
additional bonuses; 

building a team of six qualified independent associates in their global downlines who order products 
regularly; and 

various other incentive programs, including periodic travel incentives. 

Management of Independent Associates. We take an active role in monitoring our independent associates’ 
actions related to the sale of our products and the promotion of certain business opportunities by requiring our independent 
associates to abide by our policies and procedures. However, we have limited control over monitoring all of our 
independent associates. To aid in our monitoring efforts, we provide each independent associate with a copy of our 
policies and procedures prior to or upon signing up as an independent associate. We also use various media formats to 
distribute changes to our mandatory policies and procedures, posting the changes on our corporate website, and 
announcing policy and procedure changes on our conference calls, at educational meetings, corporate events, seminars, 
and in webcasts. 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our legal/compliance department, in cooperation with other departments and associates, periodically evaluates 

the conduct of our independent associates and the need for new or revised policies and procedures. Our monitoring efforts 
include the review of associates’ websites, promotional materials and meetings. Our legal/compliance program assists in 
maintaining high ethical standards among our independent associates, which helps our independent associates in their 
sales efforts. We also sponsor continuing education to ensure that our independent associates understand and abide by our 
policies and procedures. 

To help manage our associates, our legal/compliance department periodically monitors independent associates’ 

websites for content. Associates may use our anonymous compliance reporting system to report non-compliant websites to 
the compliance department, which then further investigates such websites. In an effort to decrease the number of 
independent websites owned by our independent associates and to preserve and protect our trademarks, we offer a 
standardized personal Mannapages® Internet website, which helps our independent associates with their sales efforts and 
provides consistent, standardized information and education. 

Our legal/compliance program also relies upon our independent associates to self-regulate by providing a 

standardized, anonymous complaint process. When a complaint is filed against an independent associate under 
investigation, our legal/compliance department conducts a mandatory investigation of the allegations by obtaining a 
written response from the independent associate and witness statements, if applicable. Depending on the nature of the 
violation, we may suspend or terminate the non-compliant associate’s agreement or we may impose various sanctions, 
including written warnings, probation, withholding commissions, and termination of associate status. We will terminate 
any associate’s agreement for making claims that our products can treat, cure, mitigate or prevent any disease, unless such 
claim is de minimus and isolated. 

Product Return Policy. We stand behind our packs and products and believe we offer a reasonable and industry-
standard product return policy to all of our customers. We do not resell returned product. Refunds are not processed until 
proper approval is obtained.  All refunds must be processed and returned in the same form of payment that was originally 
used in the sale. Each country in which we operate has specific product return guidelines. However, we generally allow 
our independent associates and members to exchange products as long as the products are unopened and in good 
condition. In addition, in August 2007, we changed our sales return policy from 90% to a 100% satisfaction guarantee 
policy for the first 180 days following the product’s purchase. We have three product return policies. Our return policies 
generally include a separate policy for our retail customers, our members, and our independent associates. 

•  Retail Customer Product Return Policy. Our retail customer product return policy allows a retail customer 
to return any of our products to the original independent associate who sold the product. Such independent 
associate will provide the retail customer with a full cash refund for the first 180 days following the 
product’s purchase. The independent associate may then return or exchange the product based on the 
independent associate product return policy. 

•  Member Product Return Policy. Our member product return policy allows members to return an order for a 
full refund within 180 days of the purchase date without termination or restocking fees. After 180 days from 
the purchase date, the member may not request a refund, and is allowed an exchange only, and may, if abuse 
of the return policy is found, be terminated as an active member. 

• 

Independent Associate Product Return Policy. Our independent associate product return policy allows our 
independent associates to return an order within one year of the purchase date upon terminating their 
associate account. If an independent associate returns a product unopened and in good salable condition, the 
independent associate returning the product may receive a full refund. We may also allow the independent 
associate to receive a full refund for the first 180 days following the product’s purchase; however, any 
commissions earned will be deducted from the refund. After 180 days from the purchase date, the 
independent associate may not request a refund, and is allowed an exchange only. If we discover abuse of the 
refund policy, we may terminate the associate’s account. 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information Technology Systems 

Our information technology and e-commerce systems include a transaction-processing database, financial 

systems, an associate management system, and comprehensive management tools that are designed to: 

•  minimize the time required to process orders and distribute products; 
• 
• 

provide customized ordering information; 
quickly respond to information requests, including providing detailed and accurate information to 
independent associates about qualification and downline activity; 
provide detailed reports about paid commissions and incentives; 
support order processing and customer service departments; and 
help monitor, analyze, and report operating and financial results. 

• 
• 
• 

To complement our transaction database, we developed a comprehensive management tool called Success 

Tracker™ that is used both internally and by our independent associates to manage and optimize their business 
organizations. With this tool, independent associates have constant access to graphs, maps, alerts, and reports on the status 
of their individual organizations, which helps to optimize their earnings. 

We also maintain a written service continuity disaster recovery plan that was developed using the guidelines 
published by the National Institute of Standards of Technology to minimize the risk of loss due to any interruption in 
business. Our disaster recovery plan encompasses all critical aspects of our business and identifies contacts and resources. 
Additionally, we perform daily backup procedures and proactively monitor various software, hardware, and network 
infrastructure systems. We also perform routine maintenance procedures and periodically upgrade our software and 
hardware to help ensure that our systems work efficiently and effectively and to minimize the risk of business interruption. 
Although we maintain an extensive disaster recovery plan, a long-term failure or impairment of any of our information 
technology systems could adversely affect our ability to conduct day-to-day business. Please see “Risk Factors – If our 
information technology system fails, our operations could suffer.” 

We continue to enhance our information technology, websites, and e-commerce platforms to remain competitive 

and efficient. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, net capitalized software cost balances were $15.7 million and $21.3 
million, respectively. We launched a new website in 2009, which was reliable and designed to be more user-friendly than 
our preceding one. 

Government Regulations 

Domestic Regulations. In the United States, governmental regulations, laws, administrative determinations, court 

decisions, and similar legal requirements at the federal, state, and local levels regulate companies and network marketing 
activities. Such regulations address, among other things: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

direct selling and network marketing systems; 
transfer pricing and similar regulations affecting the amount of foreign taxes and customs duties paid; 
taxation of our independent associates and requirements to collect taxes and maintain appropriate records; 
how a company manufactures, packages, labels, distributes, imports, sells, and stores products; 
product ingredients; 
product claims; 
product labels; 
advertising; and 
the extent to which we may be responsible for claims made by our independent associates. 

The following governmental agencies regulate various aspects of our business and our products in the United 

States: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the FDA; 
the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”); 
the Consumer Product Safety Commission; 
the Department of Agriculture; 
the Environmental Protection Agency; 
the United States Postal Service; 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 
• 

state attorney general offices; and 
various agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. 

The FDA regulates the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, storage, labeling, promotion, distribution, and 
sale of foods, dietary supplements, over-the-counter drugs, medical devices, and pharmaceuticals. In January 2000, the 
FDA issued a final rule called “Statements Made for Dietary Supplements Concerning the Effect of the Product on the 
Structure or Function of the Body”. In the rule and its preamble, the FDA distinguished between permitted claims under 
the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“the Act”) relating to the effect of dietary supplements on the structure or 
functions of the body, and impermissible direct or implied claims of the effect of dietary supplements on any disease. In 
June 2007, the FDA issued a rule, as authorized under the Act, that defined current Good Manufacturing Practices in the 
manufacture and holding of dietary supplements. Effective January 1, 2006, legislation required specific disclosures in 
labeling where a food, including a dietary supplement, contains an ingredient derived from any of eight named allergens. 
Legislation passed at the end of 2006 now requires us to report to the FDA any reports of “serious adverse events” 
associated with the use of a dietary supplement or an over-the-counter drug that is not covered by new drug approval 
reporting. 

The Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994, referred to as DSHEA, revised the provisions of the 

Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act concerning the composition and labeling of dietary supplements and statutorily 
created a new class entitled “dietary supplements.” Dietary supplements include vitamins, minerals, herbs, amino acids, 
and other dietary substances used to supplement diets. A majority of our products are considered dietary supplements as 
outlined in the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. This act requires us to maintain evidence that a dietary supplement 
is reasonably safe. A manufacturer of dietary supplements may make statements concerning the effect of a supplement or a 
dietary ingredient on the structure or any function of the body, in accordance with the regulations described above. As a 
result, we make such statements with respect to our products. In some cases, such statements must be accompanied by a 
statutory statement that the claim has not been evaluated by the FDA, and the product is not intended to treat, cure, 
mitigate, or prevent any disease, and the FDA must be notified of such claim within 30 days of first use. 

The FDA oversees product safety, manufacturing, and product information, such as claims on a product’s label, 

package inserts, and accompanying literature. The FDA has promulgated regulations governing the labeling and marketing 
of dietary and nutritional supplement products. The regulations include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the identification of dietary or nutritional supplements and their nutrition and ingredient labeling; 

requirements related to the wording used for claims about nutrients, health claims, and statements of 
nutritional support; 

labeling requirements for dietary or nutritional supplements for which “high potency,” “antioxidant,” and 
“trans-fatty acids” claims are made; 
notification procedures for statements on dietary and nutritional supplements; and 
pre-market notification procedures for new dietary ingredients in nutritional supplements. 

We develop and maintain product substantiation dossiers, which contain the scientific literature pertinent to each 
product and its ingredients. An independent scientist reviews these dossiers, which provide the scientific basis for product 
claims. We periodically update our substantiation program for evidence for each of our product claims and notify the FDA 
of certain types of performance claims made in connection with our products. 

In certain markets, including the United States, specific claims made with respect to a product may change the 

regulatory status of a product. For example, a product sold as a dietary supplement but marketed as a treatment, 
prevention, or cure for a specific disease or condition would likely be considered by the FDA or other regulatory bodies as 
unapproved and thus an illegal drug. To maintain the product’s status as a dietary supplement, its labeling and marketing 
must comply with the provisions in DSHEA and the FDA’s extensive regulations. As a result, we have procedures in place 
to promote and assure compliance by our employees and independent associates related to the requirements of DSHEA, 
the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, and various other regulations. 

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dietary supplements are also subject to the Nutrition, Labeling and Education Act and various other acts that 

regulate health claims, ingredient labeling, and nutrient content claims that characterize the level of nutrients in a product. 
These acts prohibit the use of any specific health claim for dietary supplements unless the health claim is supported by 
significant scientific research and is pre-approved by the FDA. 

The FTC and other regulators regulate marketing practices and advertising of a company and its products. In the 
past several years, regulators have instituted various enforcement actions against numerous dietary supplement companies 
for false and/or misleading marketing practices, as well as misleading advertising of products. These enforcement actions 
have resulted in consent decrees and significant monetary judgments against the companies and/or individuals involved. 
Regulators require a company to convey product claims clearly and accurately and further require marketers to maintain 
adequate substantiation for their claims. More specifically, the FTC requires such substantiation to be competent and 
reliable scientific evidence and requires a company to have a reasonable basis for the expressed and implied product claim 
before it disseminates an advertisement. A reasonable basis is determined based on the claims made, how the claims are 
presented in the context of the entire advertisement, and how the claims are qualified. The FTC’s standard for evaluating 
substantiation is designed to ensure that consumers are protected from false and/or misleading claims by requiring 
scientific substantiation of product claims at the time such claims are first made. The failure to have this substantiation 
violates the Federal Trade Commission Act. 

Due to the diverse scope of regulations applicable to our products and the various regulators enforcing these 

requirements, determining how to conform to all requirements is often open to interpretation and debate. However, our 
policy is to fully cooperate with any regulatory agency in connection with any inquiries or other investigations. We can 
make no assurances that regulators will not question our actions in the future, even though we continue to make efforts to 
comply with all applicable regulations, inquiries, and investigations. 

International Regulations. We are also subject to extensive regulations in each country in which we operate. 
Currently we sell our products in Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, Japan, New Zealand, the Republic of Korea, 
Taiwan, Denmark, Germany, South Africa, Singapore, Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. Some of the 
country-specific regulations include the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the National Provincial Laws, Natural Health Product Regulations of Canada, and the Federal Competition 
Act in Canada; 
the Therapeutic Goods Administration and the Trade Practices Act in Australia; 
federal and state regulations in Australia; 
national regulations including the Local Trading Standards Offices in the United Kingdom; 
regulations from the Ministry of International Trade and Industry in Japan; 
regulations from the Commerce Commission and the Fair Trade Act of 1993 in New Zealand; 

the Fair Trade Commission, which oversees the Door to Door Sales Act and the Health and Functional Food 
Act enforced by the Korea Food and Drug Administration in the Republic of Korea; 

the Fair Trade Law, which is enforced by the Taiwan Fair Trade Commission and the Administration of 
Food Hygiene, Health Food Products Administration Act enforced by the Taiwan Department of Health; 

the Danish Health Board, the Danish Marketing Practice Act, the Danish Consumer Ombudsman, the Danish 
Executive Order on Dietary Supplements, the Guidelines for food supplements, and the Danish Act on 
Foodstuffs in Denmark; 

the German Unfair Competition Act, German Regulation on food supplements, and German Law on food 
and feed; 

regulations governing business practices in South Africa; 

the Consumer Protection Act, the Sale of Food Act, and various regulations that are governed by the 
Ministry of Trade and Industry in Singapore; 

the Austrian Trade Law (1994), the Food Safety and Consumer Protection Law (2006), and the Food Code in 
Austria; 

the Food and Consumer Products and the Unfair Trade Practices Act, Door to Door Selling Act and 
Provisions of the General Dutch Civil Code relating to terms and conditions and misleading advertising in 
the Netherlands; 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

the Consumer Sales Act, Marketing Practices Act, Distance and Doorstep Sales Act, the Product Liability 
Act, Product Safety Act, the Companies Act and the Food Act in Sweden; 

the Law on Marketing and Contract Conditions, the Law on Repentance Right, the Statutory Order on Self 
Inspection of Food Provisions, the Law on Food products and Food Safety, and various guidelines from the 
Norwegian Consumers Agency on telephone selling and internet marketing, in Norway; and 

various European Union (“EU”) regulations and pronouncements address both our selling activities and the 
sale of food supplements in EU member nations.  

However, at the current time the local statutes and regulations stated above are ascendant to the EU 

pronouncements if in conflict. 

Regulations regarding Network marketing System and Our Products. Our network marketing system and our 

global associate career and compensation plan are also subject to a number of governmental regulations including various 
federal and state statutes administered by the FTC, various state authorities, and foreign government agencies. The legal 
requirements governing network marketing organizations are directed, in part, to ensure that product sales are ultimately 
made to consumers. In addition, earnings within a network marketing company must be based on the sale of products 
rather than compensation for i) the recruitment of distributors or associates, ii) investments in the organization, or iii) other 
non-retail sales-related criteria. For instance, some countries limit the amount associates may earn from commissions on 
sales by other distributors or independent associates that are not directly sponsored by that distributor or independent 
associate. Prior to expanding our operations into any foreign jurisdiction, we must first obtain regulatory approval for our 
network marketing system in jurisdictions requiring such approval. To help ensure regulatory compliance, we rely on the 
advice of our outside legal counsel and regulatory consultants in each specific country. 

As a network marketing company, we are also subject to regulatory oversight, including routine inquiries and 

enforcement actions, from various United States state attorneys general offices. Each state has specific acts referred to as 
Little FTC Acts. Each state act is similar to the federal laws. As a result, each state may perform its own inquiries about 
our organization and business practices, including allegations related to distributors or independent associates. To combat 
such industry-specific risk, we provide a copy of our published associate policies and procedures to each independent 
associate, publish these policies on our corporate website, and provide educational seminars and publications. In addition, 
we maintain a legal/compliance department to cooperate with all regulatory agencies and investigate allegations of 
improper conduct by our independent associates. 

In Canada, our network marketing system is regulated by both national and provincial laws. Under Canada’s 

Federal Competition Act, we must make sure that any representations relating to compensation to our independent 
associates or made to prospective new independent associates constitute fair, reasonable, and timely disclosure and that 
such representations meet other legal requirements of the Federal Competition Act. All Canadian provinces and territories, 
other than Ontario, have legislation requiring that we register or become licensed as a direct seller within that province to 
maintain the standards of the direct selling industry and to protect consumers. Some other Canadian provinces require that 
both we and our independent associates be licensed as direct sellers. 

In Australia, our network marketing system is subject to Australia’s federal and local regulations. Our global 
associate career and compensation plan is designed to comply with Australian law and the requirements of Australia’s 
Trade Practices Act. The Australian Trade Practices Administration and various other governmental entities regulate our 
business and trade practices, as well as those of our independent associates. Australia’s Therapeutic Goods Act, together 
with the Trade Practices Act, regulates any claims or representations relating to our products and our global associate 
career and compensation plan. An agreement to establish a joint scheme for the regulation of therapeutic products was 
signed by both the New Zealand and Australian governments in December 2003. The agency was initially expected to 
begin operating in July 2005, but that date was then postponed to July 2006 and has now been postponed indefinitely. On 
July 16, 2007, the New Zealand government announced that it will not proceed with legislation for the establishment of 
the joint agency because it does not have sufficient support of the New Zealand parliament. However, both the Australian 
and New Zealand governments remain committed to the vision of the joint agency and are expected to revisit it again in 
the future. The proposed harmonization of laws and regulatory bodies is anticipated to provide a more consistent approach 
to dietary supplement laws between the two countries. 

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In New Zealand, our network marketing system and our operations are subject to regulations of the Commerce 
Commission and the Ministry of Health, New Zealand Medical Devices Safety Authority, the Unsolicited Goods Act of 
1975, the Privacy Act of 1993, and the Fair Trading Act of 1993. These regulations enforce specific kinds of business or 
trade practices and regulate the general conduct of network marketing companies. The Commerce Commission also 
enforces the Consumer Guarantees Act, which establishes specific rights and remedies with respect to transactions 
involving the provisions of goods and services to consumers. Finally, the New Zealand Commerce Commission and the 
Ministry of Health both enforce the Door-to-Door Sales Act of 1967 and the NZ Medicines Act, which govern the conduct 
of our independent associates. 

In the United Kingdom, our network marketing system is subject to national regulations of the United Kingdom. 

Our global associate career and compensation plan is designed to comply with the United Kingdom’s national 
requirements, the requirements of the Fair Trading Act of 1973, the Data Protection Act of 1998, the Trading Schemes 
Regulations of 1997, and other similar regulations. The U.K. Code of Advertising and Sales Promotion regulates our 
business and trade practices and the activities of our independent associates, while the Trading Standards Office regulates 
any claims or representations relating to our operations. Our products are regulated by the Medicines and Healthcare 
Products Regulatory Agency. 

In Japan, our network marketing system, overall business operations, trade practices, global associate career and 
compensation plan, and our independent associates are governed by Japan’s Door-to-Door Sales Law as enacted in 1976 
by the Ministry of International Trade and Industry. Our global associate career and compensation plan is designed to meet 
Japan’s governmental requirements. Our product claims are subject to the Pharmaceutical Affairs Law, which prohibits the 
making and publication of “drug effectiveness” claims regarding products that have not received approval from Japan’s 
Ministry of Health, Welfare and Labor. 

In the Republic of Korea, the primary body of law applicable to our operations is the Door-to-Door Sales Act, 
which governs the behavior of network marketing companies and affiliated distributors. The Door-to-Door Sales Act is 
enforced by the Fair Trade Commission. In the Republic of Korea, our products are categorized as health and functional 
foods and are regulated by the Health and Functional Food Act of 2004, with which the Company complies. 

In Taiwan, our network marketing system, overall operations and trade practices are governed by the Fair Trade 

Law and the Consumer Protection Law. Such laws contain a wide range of provisions covering trade practices. Our 
products are governed by the Taiwan Department of Health and various legislation in Taiwan including the Health Food 
Control Act of 1999. This Act was enacted to enhance the management and supervision of matters relating to health, food, 
protecting the health of people and safeguarding the rights and interests of consumers. 

In Denmark, the notion of door-to-door selling is generally prohibited.  As a result, under Danish law, the trader 

is not allowed to contact the consumer at his home, place of work, or other non-public place in order to conclude a 
contract on certain subjects.  However, the general prohibition has an exemption when the consumer asks the trader for a 
contact in writing or upon written prior consent. In addition, the Danish Marketing Practices Act, the Guidelines from the 
Danish Consumerombudsman and the rules contained in the Danish Consumer Contracts Act govern our network 
marketing system.  There is no requirement for pre-approval of our products in Denmark; however, our products are 
subject to a yearly inspection carried out by the Food authorities.  Further, all our activities are subject to Self Inspection, 
the results of which are also controlled once a year by the Food authorities.  The rules for marketing and sale of dietary 
supplements are covered by the Danish Executive Order on Food Supplements, as well as by the Danish Act on Foodstuffs 
and various EU-regulations.  Denmark also subjects the marketing of a company’s food supplements to a notification 
procedure (with a pre-market approval process for certain substances), before a product may be lawfully marketed in 
Denmark.  Full product compliance with all Danish provisions is reviewed by the Food authorities once a year. 

In Germany, there is no specific legal regulation covering network marketing company practices. However, under 

certain circumstances network marketing systems may have to follow the German Unfair Competition Act. Our 
independent associates’ conduct is subject to the German statute that governs the conduct of a commercial agent. In 
addition, direct selling operations are governed by the Industrial Code, which requires direct sellers to hold itinerant 
trader’s cards. The German Regulation on food supplements and the German Law on food and feed govern vitamin and 
mineral substances and herbs and other substances, respectively. 

In South Africa, there are no specific regulations for the network marketing industry. In general, the Consumer 

Affairs Act 1988, the Competition Act 1998, and the Advertising Standards Authority Code of Advertising Practice (a 
voluntary code enforced by the media) govern business practices. The products are classified as complementary medicines 
for which there are no specific regulations. The Foodstuffs, Cosmetics and Disinfectants Act 1972, and the Medicines and 
Related Substances Act 1965, currently apply. 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In Singapore, the network marketing industry is governed by the Multi-Level Marketing and Pyramid Selling 
(Prohibition) (Amendment) Act and the accompanying Pyramid Selling (Excluded Schemes and Arrangements) Order 
2000 and Order 2001. General business practices and advertising are regulated under the Consumer Protection (Fair 
Trading) Act 2003, as amended, and its accompanying regulations. The products are classified as food and supplements of 
a food nature, which are governed by the Sale of Food Act and the Singapore Food Regulations. Cosmetics and products 
which rise to the level of medicinal and other health-related products are regulated under various regulations such as the 
Medicines Act, the Poisons Act, the Sale of Drugs Act, the Medicines (Advertisement and Sale) Act and the Misuse of 
Drug Regulations. 

In Austria, the Austrian Trade Law 1994 (Novelle 2002) prohibits the offer of direct sale to an individual 

consumer of food supplement and cosmetic products. The provision, however, has generally not been enforced in recent 
years and sales made via the Internet or mail order or made to a non-consumer distributor do not fall under this 
prohibition. The Austrian Trade Law is predominantly administered through the National Ministry of Economy and Labor. 
Our business operations within Austria are conducted from beyond the borders of Austria which is the common practice in 
our industry. Our distributors qualify as “traders” for purposes of Austrian state and municipal laws. Traders are regulated 
by the local chambers of commerce and must obtain licenses from the respective chambers of commerce. Regulation of 
food supplements and cosmetics is generally harmonized throughout the EU and must conform to EU standards. Austrian-
specific food regulations include the Food Safety and Consumer Protection Law (2006), supporting ordinances to this law, 
the Food Supplement Law, and the Austrian Food Codex which is primarily administered by the National Ministry of 
Health, Office for Health and Food Security, and the Local Health Authority. 

In Sweden various provisions of the Consumer Sales Act (1990), the Marketing Practices Act (2008), the 
Distance and Doorstep Sales Act (2005), the Product Liability Act (1992), the Product Safety Act (2004), and the 
Companies Act (2005) all serve to govern our MLM and business activities. The Food Act (2006) provides regulations and 
guidelines for the sale of food and food supplements.  We are subject to the authority of the Swedish Consumer Office, the 
Swedish Companies Registration Office, the Swedish Tax Office, Swedish Customs, Medical Products Agency, and the 
National Food Administration. As in all EU countries various EU regulations and guidelines apply. 

In the Netherlands, the Food and Consumer Product and the Unfair Trade Practices Act are the most relevant 

legislations relating to our business practices.  The first is enforced by the Food and Consumer Product Safety Authority 
and the latter is enforced by the Consumer Authority.  Furthermore, various EU regulations apply as well as the Dutch 
Door to Door Selling Act, and all provisions of the Dutch Civil Code with particular emphasis to those regulations dealing 
with general terms and conditions, and those regarding misleading advertising. 

Norway exercises a border control of products and their composition upon importation.  Import products must be 

registered in an Import Reporting Registry, and the regulations are enforced by the customs authorities.  Our products 
must be compliant with Norwegian regulations in order to be admitted through customs into Norway.  In Norway Door-to-
Door Selling is allowed, provided the Guidelines from the Norwegian Consumer Agency are followed. Likewise, 
telephone-selling is allowed provided the agency’s guidelines are followed. Home selling in Norway is also allowed. All 
of our sales in Norway are subject to a 14 day right to cancel by the consumers. 

Other Regulations. Our operations are also subject to a variety of other regulations, including: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

social security taxes; 
value added taxes; 
goods and services taxes; 
sales taxes; 
consumption taxes; 
income taxes; 
customs duties; 
employee/independent contractor regulations; 
employment and severance pay requirements; 
import/export regulations; 
federal securities laws; and 
antitrust laws. 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In many markets, we are limited by the types of rules we can impose on our independent associates, including 

rules in connection with cooling off periods and termination criteria. If we do not comply with these requirements, we may 
be required to pay social security, unemployment benefits, workers’ compensation, or other tax or tax-type assessments on 
behalf of our independent associates and may incur severance obligations if we terminate one of our independent 
associates. 

In some countries, including the United States, we are also governed by regulations concerning the activities of 

our independent associates. Regulators may find that we are ultimately responsible for the conduct of our independent 
associates and may request or require that we take additional steps to ensure that our independent associates comply with 
these regulations. The types of conduct governed by these types of regulations may include: 

• 

• 

• 

claims made about our products; 
promises or claims of income or other promises or claims by our independent associates; and 
sales of products in markets where the products have not been approved or licensed. 

In some markets, including the United States, improper product claims by independent associates could result in 

our products being overly scrutinized by regulatory authorities. This review could result in our products being re-classified 
as drugs or classified into another product category that requires stricter regulations or labeling changes. 

We continuously research and monitor the laws governing the conduct of our independent associates, our 
operations, our global associate career and compensation plan, and our products and sales aids within each of the countries 
in which we sell our products. We provide education for our independent associates regarding acceptable business conduct 
in each market through our policies and procedures for independent associates’, seminars, and other training materials and 
programs. However, we cannot guarantee that our independent associates will always abide by our policies and procedures 
and/or act in a professional and consistent manner. 

Competition 

Other Nutritional Supplement Companies. The nutritional supplement industry is steadily gaining momentum 

and is intensely competitive. Our current direct competitors selling similar nutritional products include: 

•  Herbalife Ltd.; 

•  Market America, Inc.; 

•  Nature’s Sunshine Products, Inc.; 

•  Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.; 

•  Reliv, International Inc; 

• 

Solgar Vitamin and Herb Company, Inc.; 

•  Usana Health Sciences, Inc.; and 

•  Weider Nutrition. 

Network marketing. Nutritional supplements are offered for sale in a variety of ways. Network marketing has a 

limited number of individuals interested in participating in the industry, and we must compete for those types of 
individuals. We believe network marketing is the best sales approach to sell our products for the following reasons: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our products can be introduced into the global marketplace at a much lower up-front cost than through 
conventional methods; 

our key ingredients and differential components found in our proprietary products can be explained better 
through network marketing; 

the network marketing approach can quickly and easily adapt to changing market conditions; 

consumers appreciate the convenience of ordering from home, through a sales person, by telephone, or on the 
Internet; and 

network marketing enables independent associates to earn financial rewards. 

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Even though we have been in business for sixteen years, we continue to compete with other direct selling and 
network marketing companies for new independent associates and for retention of continuing independent associates. 
Some of our competitors have longer operating histories, are better known, or have greater financial resources. These 
companies include: 

•  Amway Corporation; 

•  Body Wise International, Inc.; 

•  Envion International; 

• 

Forever Living Products, Inc.; 

•  Herbalife International, Inc.; 

•  Mary Kay, Inc.; 

•  Nature’s Sunshine Products, Inc.; 

•  New Vision International; 

•  Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.; 

•  Reliv, International Inc.; 

• 

Shaklee Worldwide; and 

•  Usana Health Sciences, Inc. 

The availability of independent associates decreases when other network marketing companies successfully 

recruit and retain independent associates for their operations. We believe we can successfully compete for independent 
associates by emphasizing the following: 

our unique patented, proprietary blend of high-quality products; 

our 16-year track record in the business of selling nutritional products; 

our policy of not requiring our independent associates to carry inventory or accounts receivable; 

our unique and financially rewarding global associate career and compensation plan; 

our innovative marketing and educational tools; and 

our easy and convenient delivery system. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Employees 

At December 31, 2009, we employed 502 people around the world, as set forth below: 

2009 
2008 

United States 
337 
379 

Canada 
1 
1 

Australia 
38 
39 

United 
Kingdom 
34 
34 

Japan 
33 
30 

Republic 
of Korea 
34 
33 

Taiwan  Switzerland 

17 
18 

7 
6 

South 
Africa 
1 
— 

Total 
502 
540 

These numbers do not include our independent associates, who are independent contractors and are not 

considered employees. Our employees are not unionized, and we believe we maintain a good relationship with our 
employees. 

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors 

In addition to the other risks described in this report, the following risk factors should be considered in evaluating 

our business and future prospects: 

1.  If we are unable to attract and retain independent associates, our business may suffer. 

Our future success depends largely upon our ability to attract and retain a large active base of independent 
associates and members who purchase our packs and products. We cannot give any assurances that the productivity of our 
independent associates will continue at their current levels or increase in the future. Several factors affect our ability to 
attract and retain a significant number of independent associates and members, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

on-going motivation of our independent associates; 

general economic conditions; 

significant changes in the amount of commissions paid; 

public perception and acceptance of the wellness industry; 

public perception and acceptance of network marketing; 

public perception and acceptance of our business and our products, including any negative publicity; 

the limited number of people interested in pursuing network marketing as a business; 

our ability to provide proprietary quality-driven products that the market demands; and 

competition in recruiting and retaining independent associates. 

2.  The loss of key high-level independent associates could negatively impact our associate growth and our 

revenue. 

As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately 513,000 independent associates and members who purchased 
our products within the last 12 months, of which 260 occupied the highest associate level under our global compensation 
plan. These independent associates, together with their extensive networks of downlines, account for substantially all of 
our revenue. As a result, the loss of a high-level independent associate or a group of leading associates in the independent 
associates’ networks of downlines, whether by their own choice or through disciplinary actions by us for violations of our 
policies and procedures, could negatively impact our associate growth and our revenue. 

3.  If we incur substantial liability from litigation, complaints, or enforcement actions or incur liabilities or 

penalties resulting from misconduct by our independent associates, our financial condition could suffer. 

Routine enforcement actions and complaints are common in our industry. Although we believe we fully 
cooperate with regulatory agencies and use various means to address misconduct by our independent associates, including 
maintaining policies and procedures to govern the conduct of our independent associates and conducting training 
seminars, it is still difficult to detect and correct all instances of misconduct. Violations of our policies and procedures by 
our independent associates could lead to litigation, formal or informal complaints, enforcement actions, and inquiries by 
various federal, state, or foreign regulatory authorities against us and/or our independent associates in each country. 
Because we have expanded into foreign countries, our policies and procedures for our independent associates differ due to 
the different legal requirements of each country in which we do business. Any future litigation, complaints, and 
enforcement actions involving us and/or our independent associates could consume considerable amounts of financial and 
other corporate resources, which could have a negative impact on our business, profitability, and growth prospects. 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.  Challenges by private parties to the form of our network marketing system could harm our business. 

We may be subject to challenges by private parties, including our independent associates and members, to the 

form of our network marketing system or elements of our business. In the United States, the network marketing industry 
and regulatory authorities have generally relied on the implementation of distributor rules and policies designed to 
promote retail sales to protect consumers, prevent inappropriate activities, and distinguish between legitimate network 
marketing distribution plans and unlawful pyramid schemes. We have adopted rules and policies based on case law, 
rulings of the FTC, discussions with regulatory authorities in several states, and domestic and global industry standards. 
Legal and regulatory requirements concerning network marketing systems, however, involve a high level of subjectivity, 
are inherently fact-based, and are subject to judicial interpretation. Because of this, we can provide no assurance that we 
would not be harmed by the application or interpretation of statutes or regulations governing network marketing, 
particularly in any civil challenge by a current or former independent associate or member. 

5.  If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights of our products, our business could suffer. 

Our success and competitive position largely depends on our ability to protect the following proprietary rights: 

•  Our Ambrotose® complex, a glyconutritional dietary supplement ingredient consisting of a blend of 

monosaccharides, or sugar molecules, used in the majority of our products; 

•  The MTech AO Blend®, our proprietary, patent-pending antioxidant used in the Ambrotose AO® complex; 

and 

•  A compound used in our reformulated Advanced Ambrotose® complex that allows for a more potent 
concentration of the full range of mannose-containing polysaccharides occurring naturally in aloe. 

We have filed patent applications for Ambrotose®, Phytomatrix®, and Ambrotose® complex in the United States 

and certain other countries, and as of December 31, 2009, we had received 47 patents for Ambrotose® complex, five of 
which were issued in the United States and the remainder in 29 foreign jurisdictions. In addition, we have entered into 
confidentiality agreements with our independent associates, suppliers, manufacturers, directors, officers, and consultants to 
help protect our proprietary rights. Nevertheless, we continue to face the risk that our patent applications for each of these 
products will be denied or that the patent protection we are granted is more limited than originally requested. As a 
precaution, we consult with outside legal counsel and consultants to help ensure that we protect our proprietary rights. 
However, our business, profitability, and growth prospects could be adversely affected if we fail to receive adequate 
protection of our proprietary rights. 

6.  Adverse or negative publicity could cause our business to suffer. 

Our business depends, in part, on the public’s perception of our integrity and the safety and quality of our 

products. Any adverse publicity could negatively affect the public’s perception about our industry, our products, or our 
reputation and could result in a significant decline in our operations and/or the number of our independent associates. 
Specifically, we are susceptible to adverse or negative publicity regarding: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the nutritional supplements industry; 

skeptical consumers; 

competitors; 

the safety and quality of our products and/or our ingredients; 

regulatory investigations of our products or our competitors’ products; 

the actions of our independent associates; 

the direct selling/network marketing industry; and 

scandals within the industries in which we operate. 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On July 5, 2007, the Texas Attorney General filed suit against us, MannaRelief Ministries, Samuel L.Caster, the 
Fisher Institute, and H. Reginald McDaniel alleging violations of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act and the Texas 
Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. On February 26, 2009, we reached an agreement with the Texas Attorney General’s office 
settling an enforcement action that was filed in July 2007 against us, our former Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of 
the Board, Samuel L. Caster, and others, alleging violations of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act and the Texas 
Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. Without admitting any wrongdoing, we agreed to refund up to $4 million to members only 
who purchased Company products between September 1, 2002 and August 1, 2007, and to pay $2 million to cover fees 
and expenses of Texas regulators. The settlement does not include any fine or penalty against the Company. We have also 
taken a number of actions to address concerns raised by the Texas Attorney General’s action. Although the matter has 
been resolved, the lawsuit created a substantial amount of adverse publicity that may have had and may continue to have a 
negative impact on our business. 

7.  If we are exposed to product liability claims, we may be liable for damages and expenses, which could 

affect our overall financial condition. 

We could face financial liability due to certain product liability claims if the use of our products results in 

significant loss or injury. We make no assurances that we will not be exposed to any substantial future product liability 
claims. Such claims may include claims that our products contain contaminants, that we provide our independent 
associates and consumers with inadequate instructions regarding product use, or that we provide inadequate warnings 
concerning side effects or interactions of our products with other substances. We believe that our suppliers and 
manufacturers maintain adequate product liability insurance coverage. However, a substantial future product liability 
claim could exceed the amount of insurance coverage or could be excluded under the terms of an existing insurance 
policy, which could adversely affect our overall future financial condition. 

In recent years a discovery of Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy, or BSE, which is commonly referred to as 

“Mad Cow Disease”, has caused concern among the general public. As a result, some countries have banned the 
importation or sale of products that contain bovine materials sourced from locations where BSE has been identified. We 
have certain products that use a beef-based gelatin capsule. All of our gelatin capsules are currently produced in the United 
States or in Australia, which are considered BSE-free countries, although a few cases of BSE have been identified in the 
United States. Nonetheless, in 2006, we voluntarily began to switch most of our production to utilize non-bovine gelatin 
capsules that are vegetable-based rather than beef-based. However, future government action could require companies to 
use vegetable-based capsules or other capsules, and if required, the costs of vegetable-based or other capsules could 
increase our costs as compared to the costs of bovine-based capsules. The higher costs could affect our financial condition, 
results of operations, and our cash flows. 

8.  If our outside suppliers and manufacturers fail to supply products in sufficient quantities and in a 

timely fashion, our business could suffer. 

Outside manufacturers make all of our products. Our profit margins and timely product delivery are dependent 

upon the ability of our outside suppliers and manufacturers to supply us with products in a timely and cost-efficient 
manner. Our ability to enter new markets and sustain satisfactory levels of sales in each market depends on the ability of 
our outside suppliers and manufacturers to produce the ingredients and products and to comply with all applicable 
regulations. As a precaution, we have approved alternate suppliers and manufacturers for our products. However, the 
failure of our primary suppliers or manufacturers to supply ingredients or produce our products could adversely affect our 
business operations. 

We believe we have dependable suppliers for all of our ingredients and that we have identified alternative sources 

for all of our ingredients except Arabinogalactan, which is an important component used in the formulation of our 
Ambrotose® complex. If our suppliers are unable to perform, any delay in replacing or substituting such ingredients could 
affect our business. 

The supplier of one of our major product components announced in February 2009 that its processing facility was 

closed and manufacturing of the component would cease. Mannatech maintains inventory of this component and believes 
that its needs for the next twelve months are covered by such inventory. Alternate sources of supply for this component 
have been identified, but failure to secure another source of supply will adversely affect our business operations. 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.  Our inability to develop and introduce new products that gain associate, member, and market acceptance 

could harm our business. 

A critical component of our business is our ability to develop new products that create enthusiasm among our 

independent associates and members. If we are unable to introduce new products planned for introduction, our associate 
productivity could be harmed. In addition, if any new products fail to gain market acceptance, are restricted by regulatory 
requirements or have quality problems, this would harm our results of operations. Factors that could affect our ability to 
continue to introduce new products include, among others, government regulations, the inability to attract and retain 
qualified research and development staff, the termination of third-party research and collaborative arrangements, 
proprietary protections of competitors that may limit our ability to offer comparable products, and the difficulties in 
anticipating changes in consumer tastes and buying preferences. 

10.  Our failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer preferences and demand for new products 
or product enhancements could significantly harm our relationship with independent associates and 
members, product sales, as well as our financial condition and operating results. 

Our business is subject to changing consumer trends and preferences, including rapid and frequent changes in 
demand for products, new product introductions, and enhancements. Our failure to accurately predict these trends could 
negatively impact consumer opinion of our products, which in turn could harm our independent associate and member 
relationships and cause the loss of sales. The success of our new product offerings and enhancements depends upon a 
number of factors, including our ability to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

accurately anticipate consumer needs; 

innovate and develop new products or product enhancements that meet these needs; 

successfully commercialize new products or product enhancements in a timely manner; 

price our products competitively; 

•  manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and in a timely manner; and 

• 

differentiate our product offerings from those of our competitors. 

If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet the changing needs of our members in a 

timely manner, some of our products could be rendered obsolete, which could negatively impact our revenues, financial 
condition, and operating results. 

11.  The global nutrition industry is intensely competitive and the strengthening of any of our competitors 

could harm our business. 

The global nutrition industry is intensely fragmented and competitive. We compete for independent associates 

with other network marketing companies outside the global nutrition industry. Many of our competitors have greater name 
recognition and financial resources, which may give them a competitive advantage. Our competitors may also be able to 
devote greater resources to marketing, promotional, and pricing campaigns that may influence our continuing and potential 
independent associates and members to buy products from competitors rather than from us. Such competition could 
adversely affect our business and current market share. 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.  A downturn in the economy has affected consumer purchases of discretionary items such as the health 

and wellness products that we offer, which could continue to have an adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition, profitability and cash flows. 

We appeal to a wide demographic consumer profile and offer a broad selection of health and wellness products. 

A downturn in the economy has adversely impacted consumer purchases of discretionary items such as health and 
wellness products. During calendar years 2008 and 2009, the United States and global economies slowed dramatically as a 
result of a variety of serious problems, including turmoil in the credit and financial markets, concerns regarding the 
stability and viability of major financial institutions, the state of the housing markets and volatility in worldwide stock 
markets. Given the significance and widespread nature of these nearly unprecedented circumstances, the U.S. and global 
economies could remain significantly challenged in a recessionary state for an indeterminate period of time. These 
economic conditions could cause many of our existing and potential associates to delay or reduce purchases of our 
products for some time, which in turn could continue to harm our business by adversely affecting our revenues, results of 
operations, cash flows and financial condition. We cannot predict the duration of these economic conditions or the impact 
they will have on our consumers or business. For additional information regarding current economic conditions and their 
impact on our results of operations, refer to Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations. 

13.  If our network marketing activities do not comply with government regulations, our business could 

suffer. 

Many governmental agencies regulate our network marketing activities. A government agency’s determination 
that our business or our independent associates have significantly violated a law or regulation could adversely affect our 
business. The laws and regulations regulating network marketing generally intend to prevent fraudulent or deceptive 
schemes. Our business faces constant regulatory scrutiny due to the interpretive and enforcement discretion given to 
regulators, periodic misconduct by our independent associates, adoption of new laws or regulations, and changes in the 
interpretation of new or existing laws or regulations. In July 2007, the Texas Attorney General filed suit against us, 
MannaRelief Ministries, Samuel L.Caster, the Fisher Institute, and H. Reginald McDaniel alleging violations of the Texas 
Deceptive Trade Practices Act and the Texas Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. On February 26, 2009, we reached an 
agreement with the Texas Attorney General’s office settling the enforcement action. Without admitting any wrongdoing, 
we have agreed to refund up to $4 million to members who purchased Company products between September 1, 2002 and 
August 1, 2007, and to pay $2 million to cover fees and expenses of Texas regulators. The settlement does not include any 
fine or penalty against the Company. We have also made and agreed to make certain corporate governance changes 
required by the Texas Attorney General’s office and agreed not to violate certain provisions of the Texas Deceptive Trade 
Practices Act and Texas Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. If we are unable to comply fully with the provisions of the 
settlement, Texas regulators could pursue further remedies that may impact our business. 

In addition, in the past and as a result of the industry in which we operate, we have experienced inquiries 
regarding specific independent associates. We have complied and fully cooperated with all regulatory agencies in 
connection with such inquiries and are also required by regulatory authorities to disclose any on-going significant 
regulatory actions. 

14.  If government regulations regarding network marketing change or are interpreted or enforced in a 

manner adverse to our business, we may be subject to new enforcement actions and material limitations 
regarding our overall business model. 

Network marketing is always subject to extensive governmental regulations, including foreign, federal, and state 
regulations. Any change in legislation and regulations could affect our business. Furthermore, significant penalties could 
be imposed on us for failure to comply with various statutes or regulations. Violations may result from: 

•  misconduct by us or our independent associates; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

ambiguity in statutes; 

regulations and related court decisions; 

the discretion afforded to regulatory authorities and courts interpreting and enforcing laws; and 

new regulations or interpretations of regulations affecting our business. 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.  If we violate governmental regulations or fail to obtain necessary regulatory approvals, our operations 

could be adversely affected. 

Our operation is subject to extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court 

decisions, and similar constraints at the federal, state, and local levels in our domestic and foreign markets. These 
regulations primarily involve the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, importation, sale, and storage of our 
products; 

the health and safety of dietary supplements, cosmetics and foods; 

trade practice laws and network marketing laws; 

our product claims and advertising by our independent associates; 

our network marketing system; 

pricing restrictions regarding transactions with our foreign subsidiaries or other related parties and similar 
regulations that affect our level of foreign taxable income; 

the assessment of customs duties; 

further taxation of our independent associates, which may obligate us to collect additional taxes and maintain 
additional records; and 

export and import restrictions. 

Any unexpected new regulations or changes in existing regulations could significantly restrict our ability to 

continue operations, which could adversely affect our business. For example, changes regarding health and safety, and 
food and drug regulations for our nutritional products could require us to reformulate our products to comply with such 
regulations. 

In some foreign countries, nutritional products are considered foods, while other countries consider them drugs. 

Future health and safety, or food and drug, regulations could delay or prevent our introduction of new products or suspend 
or prohibit the sale of existing products in a given country or marketplace. In addition, if we expand into other foreign 
markets, our operations or products could also be affected by the general stability of foreign governments and the 
regulatory environment relating to network marketing and our products. If our products are subject to high customs duties, 
our sales and competitive position could suffer as compared to locally produced goods. Furthermore, import restrictions in 
certain countries and jurisdictions could limit our ability to import products from the United States. 

16.  Increased regulatory scrutiny of nutritional supplements as well as new regulations that are being 

adopted in some of our markets with respect to nutritional supplements could result in more restrictive 
regulations and harm our results if our supplements or advertising activities are found to violate 
existing or new regulations or if we are not able to effect necessary changes to our products in a timely 
and efficient manner to respond to new regulations. 

There has been an increasing movement in the United States and other markets to increase the regulation of 

dietary supplements, which will impose additional restrictions or requirements. In several of our markets, new regulations 
have been adopted or are likely to be adopted in the near-term that will impose new requirements, make changes in some 
classifications of supplements under the regulations, or limit the claims we can make. In addition, there has been increased 
regulatory scrutiny of nutritional supplements and marketing claims under existing and new regulations. In Europe for 
example, we are unable to market supplements that contain ingredients that have not been previously marketed in Europe 
(“novel foods”) without going through an extensive registration and approval process. Europe is also expected to adopt 
additional regulations in the near future to set new limits on acceptable levels of nutrients. The FDA has implemented 
GMPs for the US nutritional supplement industry. Our operations could be harmed if new regulations require us to 
reformulate products or effect new registrations, if regulatory authorities make determinations that any of our products do 
not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, or if we are not able to effect necessary changes to our products in a 
timely and efficient manner to respond to new regulations. In addition, our operations could be harmed if governmental 
laws or regulations are enacted that restrict the ability of companies to market or distribute nutritional supplements or 
impose additional burdens or requirements on nutritional supplement companies. 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17.  If our international markets are not successful, our business could suffer. 

We currently sell our products in the international markets of Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, Japan, 
New Zealand, the Republic of Korea, Taiwan, Denmark, Germany, South Africa, Singapore, Austria, the Netherlands, 
Norway, and Sweden. Nonetheless, our international operations could experience changes in legal and regulatory 
requirements, as well as difficulties in adapting to new foreign cultures and business customs. If we do not adequately 
address such issues, our international markets may not meet growth expectations. Our international operations and future 
expansion plans are subject to political, economic, and social uncertainties, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

inflation; 

the renegotiation or modification of various agreements; 

increases in custom duties and tariffs; 

changes and limits in export controls; 

government regulations and laws; 

trademark availability and registration issues; 

changes in exchange rates; 

changes in taxation; 

•  wars and other hostilities; and 

• 

changes in the perception of network marketing. 

Any negative changes related to these factors could adversely affect our business, profitability, and growth 

prospects. Furthermore, any negative changes in our distribution channels may force us to invest significant time and 
money related to our distribution and sales to maintain our position in certain international markets. 

18.  If our information technology system fails, our operations could suffer. 

Like many companies, our business is heavily dependent upon our information technology infrastructure to 

effectively manage and operate many of our key business functions, including: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

order processing; 

supply chain management; 

customer service; 

product distribution; 

commission processing; 

cash receipts and payments; and 

financial reporting. 

These systems and operations are vulnerable to damage and interruption from fires, earthquakes, 

telecommunications failures, and other events. They are also subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism 
and similar misconduct. Although we maintain an extensive security system and disaster recovery program that was 
developed under the guidelines published by the National Institute of Standards of Technology, a long-term failure or 
impairment of any of our information technology systems could adversely affect our ability to conduct day-to-day 
business. 

19.  Currency exchange rate fluctuations could reduce our overall profits. 

In 2009 and 2008, we recognized 51.4% and 46.9%, respectively, of our net sales in markets outside of the 

United States. In preparing our consolidated financial statements, certain financial information is required to be translated 
from foreign currencies to the United States dollar using either the spot rate or the weighted-average exchange rate. If the 
United States dollar changes relative to applicable local currencies, there is a risk our reported sales, operating expenses, 
and net income could significantly fluctuate. We are not able to predict the degree of exchange rate fluctuations, nor can 
we estimate the effect any future fluctuations may have upon our future operations. To date we have not entered into any 
hedging contracts or participated in any hedging or derivative activities. 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.  We may be held responsible for certain taxes or assessments relating to the activities of our independent 

associates, which could harm our financial condition and operating results. 

Our independent associates are subject to taxation and, in some instances, legislation or governmental agencies 

impose an obligation on us to collect taxes, such as value added taxes, and to maintain appropriate tax records. In addition, 
we are subject to the risk in some jurisdictions of being responsible for social security and similar taxes with respect to our 
distributors. In the event that local laws and regulations require us to treat our independent distributors as employees, or if 
our distributors are deemed by local regulatory authorities to be our employees rather than independent contractors we 
may be held responsible for social security and related taxes in those jurisdictions, plus any related assessments and 
penalties, which could harm our financial condition and operating results. 

21.  Our stock price is volatile and may fluctuate significantly. 

The price of our common stock is subject to sudden and material increases and decreases. Decreases could 

adversely affect investments in our common stock. The price of our common stock and the price at which we could sell 
securities in the future could significantly fluctuate in response to: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

broad market fluctuations and general economic conditions; 

fluctuations in our financial results; 

future securities offerings; 

changes in the market’s perception of our products or our business, including false or negative publicity; 

governmental regulatory actions; 

the outcome of any lawsuits; 

financial and business announcements made by us or our competitors; 

the general condition of the industry; and 

the sale of large amounts of stock by insiders. 

In addition, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations in recent years that have 

significantly affected the quoted prices of the securities of many companies. The changes sometimes appear to occur 
without regard to specific operating performance. The price of our common stock in the open market could fluctuate based 
on factors that have little or nothing to do with us or that are outside of our control. 

22.  Certain shareholders, directors, and officers own a significant amount of our stock, which could allow 

them to influence corporate transactions and other matters. 

 As of December 31, 2009, our directors, executive officers, and a major shareholder, collectively with their 

families and affiliates, beneficially owned approximately 40.5% of our total outstanding common stock. As a result, if any 
of these shareholders choose to act together based on their current share ownership, they may be able to control a 
significant percentage of the total outstanding shares of our common stock, which could affect the outcome of a 
shareholder vote on the election of directors, the adoption of stock option plans, the adoption or amendment of provisions 
in our articles of incorporation and bylaws, or the approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions. 

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.  We have implemented anti-takeover provisions that may help discourage a change of control. 

Certain provisions in our articles of incorporation, bylaws, and the Texas Business Organization Code help 

discourage unsolicited proposals to acquire our company, even if the proposal may benefit our shareholders. Our articles 
of incorporation authorize the issuance of preferred stock without shareholder approval. Our Board of Directors has the 
power to determine the price and terms of any preferred stock. The ability of our Board of Directors to issue one or more 
series of preferred stock without shareholders’ approval could deter or delay unsolicited changes of control by 
discouraging open market purchases of our common stock or a non-negotiated tender or exchange offer for our common 
stock. Discouraging open market purchases may be disadvantageous to our shareholders who may otherwise desire to 
participate in a transaction in which they would receive a premium for their shares. 

In addition, other provisions may also discourage a change of control by means of a tender offer, open market 

purchase, proxy contest or otherwise. Our charter documents provide for three classes of directors on our Board of 
Directors with members of each class serving staggered three year terms. Also, the Texas Business Organization Code 
restricts, subject to exceptions, business combinations with any “affiliated shareholder.” Any or all of these provisions 
could delay, deter or help prevent a takeover of our Company and could limit the price investors are willing to pay for our 
common stock. 

24.  We are not required to pay dividends, and our Board of Directors may decide not to declare dividends in 

the future. 

The declaration of dividends on our common stock is solely within the discretion of our Board of Directors, 

subject to limitations under Texas law stipulating that dividends may not be paid if payment therefore would cause the 
corporation to be insolvent or if the amount of the dividend would exceed the surplus of the corporation. Our Board of 
Directors may decide not to declare dividends or we could be prevented from declaring a dividend because of legal or 
contractual restrictions. The failure to pay dividends could reduce our stock price. Our Board of Directors suspended 
dividends in August 2009. We may not resume payment of dividends in the future. 

25.  Concentration Risk 

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from our core Ambrotose® complex products which include the 

Ambrotose® products and Advanced Ambrotose® products. A decline in sales value of such legacy products could have a 
material adverse effect on our earnings, cash flows, and financial position. Revenue from the core Ambrotose® products 
were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands, except percentages): 

Advanced Ambrotose® 
Ambrotose® 
Total 

2009 

2008 

Sales by 
product 
65,360 
25,413 
90,773 

$ 

$ 

% of total 
net sales 
22.6 
  8.8 
31.4 

Sales by 
product 
85,980 
33,748 
119,728 

%   $
%  
%   $

% of total 
net sales 
25.8 
10.1 
35.9 

% 
% 
% 

We are not exposed to customer concentration risk as no single independent associate has ever accounted for 

more than 10% of our consolidated net sales. 

Circumstances and conditions may change. Accordingly, additional risks and uncertainties not currently known, 

or that we currently deem not material, may also adversely affect our business operations. 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2.     Properties 

We lease property at several locations for our headquarters and distribution facilities, including: 

Location 
Coppell, Texas (corporate headquarters) 
Coppell, Texas (distribution center) 
St. Leonards, Australia (Australian headquarters) 
Didcot, Oxfordshire (combined U.K. headquarters and 

distribution center) 

Minato-ku, Tokyo, Japan (Japanese headquarters) 
Kangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea (Republic of Korea headquarters) 
Taipei, Taiwan (Taiwan headquarters) 
Zug, Switzerland (Switzerland headquarters) 
Markham, Ontario (Canada headquarters) 
Bedfordview, South Africa 

Size 

110,000 sq. feet 
75,000 sq. feet 

 850 sq. meters(1) 

16,631 sq. feet 

 296 Tsubos(2) 
 625 Pyung (3) 
 254 pings (4) 
 680 sq. meters(5) 
3,097 sq. feet 

383 sq. meters(6) 

Original 
term 
10 years 
10 years 
5 years 

5 years 
2 years 
2 years 
3 years 
5 years 
3  years 
5  years 

Expiration 
date 

March 2017
March 2017
August 2013

July 2011
  November 2010
June 2010
  November 2010
October 2013
  September 2012
March 2015

______________________ 
(1) Approximately 9,149 square feet. 
(2) Approximately 10,538 square feet. 
(3) Approximately 22,190 square feet. 
(4) Approximately 9,021 square feet. 
(5) Approximately 7,324 square feet. 
(6) Approximately 4,119 square feet. 

Our main distribution facility is located in Coppell, Texas and consists of 75,000 square feet of leased space that 

houses an automated distribution system capable of processing up to 18,000 orders per day. In 2005, we opened a 
distribution facility in the United Kingdom, which is located in Didcot, Oxfordshire and is capable of processing up to 650 
orders per day. Both distribution centers currently operate well below full capacity and are capable of supporting our 
planned sales volume growth in the foreseeable future. 

To maximize our operating strategy and minimize costs, we continue to contract with third-party distribution and 
fulfillment facilities in Canada, Australia, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Taiwan, and South Africa. By entering into these 
third-party distribution facility agreements, our smaller offices maintain flexible operating capacity, minimize shipping 
costs, and are able to process an order within 24-hours after order placement and receipt of payment. 

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings 

See “Litigation” in Note 13 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statement, which is incorporated herein 

by reference. 

Item 4.    Reserved 

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.(cid:2) Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market for Our Common Stock. On February 12, 1999, we completed our initial public offering and on February 16, 
1999, our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market (formerly the NASDAQ National Market) under 
the symbol “MTEX.” On July 1, 2006, the NASDAQ National Market was renamed the NASDAQ Global Market. In 
conjunction with its renaming, NASDAQ Global Market created the new NASDAQ Global Select Market, a segment of 
the NASDAQ Global Market with the highest initial listing standards of any exchange in the world. Beginning July 3, 
2006, NASDAQ moved our common stock to the NASDAQ Global Select Market. As of March 5, 2010, the total number 
of outstanding shares of our common stock was 26,480,788 and the closing price on such date was $4.04. Below are the 
high and low closing prices of Mannatech’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ for each quarter of the fiscal 
years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008: 

2009: 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter  
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter  

2008: 

First Quarter  
Second Quarter  
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter  

Low 

2.50 
2.97 
3.13 
2.34 

5.09 
5.44 
3.48 
1.88 

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

High 
3.90 
4.73 
4.80 
3.89 

8.49 
7.39 
6.96 
4.41 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

Holders. As of March 5, 2010, there were approximately 3,300 shareholders of record who held approximately 27% of our 
common stock directly and approximately 150 security brokers and dealers who held approximately 73% of our common 
stock on behalf of approximately 11,000 shareholders. 

Dividends. We began paying dividends in 2004. During 2009 and 2008, we declared and paid the following dividends on 
our common stock: 

Declared date 
May 20, 2009 
February 18, 2009 
November 19, 2008 
August 26, 2008 
April 30,2008 
February 22, 2008 

Date of record 

Date paid 

  June 3, 2009 
  March 9, 2009 
  December 11, 2008 
  September 10, 2008 
  June 5, 2008 
  March 7, 2008 

  June 29, 2009 
  March 26, 2009 
  December 29, 2008 
  September 29, 2008 
  June 26, 2008 
  March 28, 2008 

Total Amount of 
Dividends 
$ 0.5 million 
$ 0.5 million 
$ 0.5 million 
$ 0.5 million 
$ 2.4 million 
$ 2.4 million 

Dollar amount paid 
per common share
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

0.02 
0.02 
0.02 
0.02 
0.09 
0.09 

Our quarterly cash dividends were $0.09 per share for the first and second quarters of 2008, and $0.02 per share 
for the third and fourth quarters of 2008 and the first and second quarters of 2009. In the third quarter of 2009, the Board 
of Directors suspended the quarterly cash dividend payment to shareholders due to the recent company financial 
performance, protracted worldwide economic recession, and the internal funding needs of new initiatives designed to 
accelerate sales and associate recruitment of the Company. See “Risk Factors—We are not required to pay dividends, and 
our Board of Directors may decide not to declare dividends in the future” in item 1A of this Form 10-K for further 
discussion related to future payment of dividends. 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Options. 

The following table provides information as of March 5, 2010 about our common stock that may be issued upon 

the exercise of stock options under our existing stock option plan. 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plan 
Equity compensation plans not approved by 

Shareholders 

Total 

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants, and rights 
(a) 

Weighted-average
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants, and rights 
(b) 

1,675,060  

$

—  
1,675,060  

4.95  

—  

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under equity
compensation plans 
(excluding securities reflected 
in column (a)) 
(c) 

228,684

—
228,684

In February 2008, our Board of Directors approved our 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”), which 
reserves, for issuance of stock options and restricted stock to our employees, board members, and consultants, up to 
1,000,000 shares of our common stock plus any shares reserved under our then-existing, unexpired stock plans for which 
options had not been issued, and any shares underlying outstanding options under the then-existing stock option plans that 
terminate without having been exercised in full. The 2008 Plan was approved by our shareholders at our 2008 Annual 
Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 18, 2008. Currently, the 2008 Plan is our only active stock incentive plan. 

Sales of Unregistered Securities. 

None. 

Uses of Proceeds from Registered Securities. 

None. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. 

None. 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Graph. 

Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market (formerly the NASDAQ National Market) on 

February 16, 1999. Set forth below is information comparing the cumulative total shareholder return and share price 
appreciation plus dividends on our common stock with the cumulative total return of the S&P Midcap Index and a market 
weighted index of publicly traded peers for the period from December 31, 2004 through December 31, 2009. The 
comparison assumes that $100 is invested in shares of our common stock, the S&P Midcap Index and an index of publicly 
traded peers on January 1, 2005, and that all dividends were reinvested. The publicly-traded companies in our peer group 
are Schiff Nutrition International Inc. (NYSE Symbol WNI), Herbalife Ltd. (NYSE Symbol HLF) Nature’s Sunshine 
Products, Inc. (NYSE Symbol NATR), USANA Health Sciences, Inc.(NADSAQ Symbol USNA), and Nu Skin Enterprises, 
Inc. (NYSE Symbol NUS). 

COMPARISON OF 5-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
AMONG MANNATECH, INCORPORATED, S&P MIDCAP INDEX AND 
PEER GROUP INDEX

(cid:3)

$180.00

$160.00

$140.00

$120.00

$100.00

$80.00

$60.00

$40.00

$20.00

$0.00

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

Mannatech

S&P MidCap Index

Peer Group Index

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON JAN. 01, 2005
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED

Measurement Period 
December 31, 2005 
December 31, 2006 
December 31, 2007 
December 31, 2008 
December 31, 2009 

Mannatech 
73.92 
80.55 
35.85 
14.49 
18.62 

$
$
$
$
$

S&P 
Midcap Index 
112.56 
124.17 
134.08 
85.50 
83.37 

$
$
$
$
$

Peer 
Group Index 
116.04 
136.19 
128.00 
83.37 
156.84 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.     Selected Financial Data 

The Selected Financial Data set forth below for each of the five years ended December 31, have been derived 

from and should be read in conjunction with (A) Our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes set forth in Item 
15 of this report, beginning on page F-1, and (B) Our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations,” set forth in Item 7 of this report. 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Income (loss) from operations 
Net income (loss) 

Earnings (loss) Per Common Share: 

Basic 

Diluted 

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

  $

Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding:  

Basic 

Diluted 

Other Financial Data: 

Capital expenditures 

Dividends declared per common share 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: 

Total assets 

2009 

2008(3) 

2007(2) 

2006(1) 

2005 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

289,705   $ 332,703   $ 412,678   $  410,069   $ 389,383
96,477   $ 134,544   $ 163,846   $  169,393   $ 159,204
45,610
(25,594 ) $ (14,499 ) $
28,647
(17,368 ) $ (12,628 ) $

7,609   $  44,074   $
6,594   $  32,390   $

(0.66 ) $

(0.48 ) $

(0.66 ) $

(0.48 ) $

0.25   $ 

0.25   $ 

1.22   $

1.19   $

1.06

1.03

26,467  

26,467  

26,461  

26,461  

26,443  

  26,598  

26,893  

  27,219  

26,990

27,771

  $

  $

4,896   $

5,633   $

13,446   $  27,216   $

13,114

0.04   $

0.22   $

0.36   $ 

0.32   $

0.29

  $

102,302   $ 124,058   $ 152,454   $  152,235   $ 122,795

Long-term obligations, excluding current portion    $

8,339   $

9,813   $

9,431   $  11,402   $

4,964

______________________________________ 
(1) We capitalized $18.4 million of costs related to our internally-developed software projects, which were completed in April 2007. In addition, we 

recognized an income tax benefit of $3.3 million associated with income tax credits for our research and experimentation activities. 

(2) We recorded $5.3 million of legal costs related to ongoing litigation matters. 
(3) We recorded $5.7 million of legal costs related to ongoing litigation matters. 

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations 

The following discussion is intended to assist in the understanding of our consolidated financial position and our 
results of operations for each of the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007. This discussion should be read 
in conjunction with “Item 15. – Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes,” beginning on page F-1 of this 
report and with other financial information included elsewhere in this report. Unless stated otherwise, all financial 
information presented below, throughout this report, and in the consolidated financial statements and related notes 
includes Mannatech and all of our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. 

Company Overview 

Since November 1993, we have continued to develop innovative, high-quality, proprietary nutritional 
supplements, topical and skin care products, and weight-management products that are sold through a global network 
marketing system operating in the United States, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, Japan, New Zealand, the 
Republic of Korea, Taiwan, Denmark, Germany, South Africa, Singapore, Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. 
The United States location processes orders for the United States, Canada, and South Africa. The Australian location 
processes orders for Australia, New Zealand, and Singapore. The United Kingdom location processes orders for the United 
Kingdom, Denmark, Germany, Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. The Japan, Republic of Korea, and Taiwan 
locations process orders for their local markets only. The Switzerland office was created to manage certain day-to-day 
business needs of non-North American markets and coordinates our continued global expansion. 

We conduct our business as a single operating segment and primarily sell our products through a network of 

approximately 513,000 independent associates and members who have purchased our products and/or packs within the last 
12 months, which we refer to as current independent associates and members. New recruits and pack sales are regarded as 
leading indicators for the long-term success of our business. New recruits include new independent associates and 
members purchasing our packs and products for the first time. We operate as a seller of nutritional supplements, topical 
and skin care products, and weight-management products through our network marketing distribution channels operating 
in sixteen different countries. We review and analyze net sales by geographical location and by packs and products on a 
consolidated basis. Each of our subsidiaries sells the same types of products and exhibits similar economic characteristics, 
such as selling prices and gross margins. 

Because we sell our products through network marketing distribution channels, the opportunities and challenges 
that affect us most are: recruitment of new and retention of existing independent associates and members, entry into new 
markets and growth of existing markets, niche market development, new product introduction, and investment in our 
infrastructure. 

Current Economic Conditions and Recent Developments. 

During calendar year 2008, the U.S. and foreign economies slowed dramatically because of the global financial 

crisis. The difficult conditions affecting the overall macro-economic environment continued to impact our business in 
2009. Significant reduction in consumers’ disposable income impacted our customers’ spending practices, causing a 
decline in our revenues.  

During 2008 and 2009, in response to adverse market conditions, we implemented various initiatives to reduce 

expenses, including the suspension of matching contributions under our 401(k) employee savings plan, reduction in 
workforce, and cutback of other discretionary costs such as outside services, travel and overtime. We also reduced the 
level of our quarterly cash dividend in 2008 and suspended the dividend in August of 2009 while we focus all funding on 
the growth of the business. By establishing a culture of expense control and accountability, we achieved a significant 
decrease in operating costs in 2009 and positioned our business to generate incremental profits as sales increase. Our intent 
is to maintain a strong level of expense control and systematically review all expenditures with the goal of prudently 
managing our business. At the same time, we remain committed to our strategic plan of developing new, innovative, and 
scientifically-validated products, international expansion, strengthening financial results, and adding value to our 
shareholders and independent associates. 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
We continued expansion into new international markets and, on September 5, 2009, began selling products in 

Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. Among the available products are the Company’s Advanced Ambrotose® 
capsules and powder, Ambrotose AO® capsules, Phytomatrix™ caplets, Plus™ tablets and OsoLean™ fat loss powder. 
Our expansion to 37 million people through the combined populations of these four additional markets increases our 
independent associates’ ability to build their businesses in Europe. Entry into these four countries compliments our 
existing presence in the United Kingdom, Germany, and Denmark while highlighting our continued focus on global 
expansion. 

We continue to focus on new product development. In the third quarter of 2009, we launched Essential Source™ 

Omega-3, which provides EPA/DHA essential fatty acids. In the fourth quarter, we launched our newest product, 
PhytoBurst™ Nutritional Chews. PhytoBurst™ chews are soft lemon and mixed-berry flavored supplements designed to 
support the modern diet with balanced nutrition from a food-sourced vitamin complex, minerals, phytonutrients, and 
antioxidants. Sales of Bounce-Back™ capsules and OsoLean™ powder, two products introduced in 2008, also remained 
strong in 2009. 

In addition to our innovative product development, we continue to invest in research for our existing products. 
Recent results of a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study validated that Ambrotose® has beneficial effects 
on the immune system, digestive tract, and cognitive functioning. Ambrotose®, a glyconutrient product originally launched 
in 1996, is still our best-selling product. Five additional clinical and pre-clinical studies are scheduled to be conducted in 
2010. 

We strive to ensure all of our products meet the strictest quality guidelines. In the third quarter of 2009, Bounce-

Back™ capsules received NSF certification and became the ninth Mannatech products to receive this designation. NSF 
International is an independent, not-for-profit, public health certification organization that ensures a product’s label 
accurately reflects the contents of the supplement, that all ingredients are openly disclosed on the label. Additionally, NSF 
assesses each manufacturing site to ensure it complies with Good Manufacturing Practices and will not certify a product 
unless the manufacturer passes these audits. NSF certifications exemplify our commitment to offering our customers the 
highest quality products. We intend to carry the NSF certification mark on the supplements’ labels and promotional 
materials. We will continue to seek NSF certification on our entire product line to demonstrate the ultimate quality of 
Mannatech products. 

We remain committed to providing value to our independent associates. In January 2009, we announced a new, 

simplified offering, which features a $499 Premium/All-Star Pack in United States, Canada, and South Africa. Developed 
in response to the current economic crisis, this more affordable pack includes more than $600 in products. The enhanced 
compensation plan allows independent sales associates to start their business building opportunity in the wellness industry 
at a lower cost. The new $499 Premium/All-Star Pack has proven to be popular and is responsible for an improvement in 
domestic pack sales as well as recruiting in 2009. Increases in pack sales and recruiting are leading indicators of future 
long-term profitable growth. 

We have realigned our management structure to provide a stronger foundation for growth and better align our 
organization with our long-term goals. In November of 2009, we created a new Senior Executive Office comprised of 
three executives, including Chief Financial Officer Steve Fenstermacher and Chief Science Officer Dr. Rob Sinnott as co-
CEOs and Randy Bancino, senior vice president, as President of Global Business Operations and Expansion. As co-CEOs, 
Mr. Fenstermacher and Dr. Sinnott act collectively as our chief executive officers and are responsible for overall 
operations of the Company. Mr. Bancino reports to Mr. Fenstermacher and Dr. Sinnott. Various management 
responsibilities are shared between these three officers to better serve our strategic objectives. We believe this new 
management structure will best utilize the diverse skill sets of three of our most seasoned executives.  

In addition, we continue to improve management and in September 2009 Claire Zevalkink joined Mannatech as 

senior vice president and chief global marketing officer. Ms. Zevalkink has extensive executive experience in the multi-
level marketing industry that includes marketing, global brand management, brand communications, new business 
development and sales training.  

We believe that efficiencies gained from these organizational changes will help us to improve cost controls and 

distinguish us in the marketplace by adding emphasis on brand management, associate recruitment, supply chain 
excellence, new product development, and international expansion.  

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe aggressive cost reduction, new product introduction, international expansion, improved associate 

recruitment, financial discipline, and organizational realignment will enable us to effectively manage through the 
challenging economy. We believe these recent changes to our business model will position us to support future long-term 
profitable growth. 

Results of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 2009 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008 

The tables below summarize our consolidated operating results in dollars and as a percentage of net sales for the 

years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands, except percentages). 

2009

2008

Change 

Total 
Dollars 
$ 289,705  
  46,813  
 146,415  
 193,228  
  96,477  

% of 
net sales  
100 %   
16.2 %   
50.5 %   
66.7 %   
33.3 %   

Total 
dollars 
$ 332,703  
48,564  
149,595  
198,159  
134,544  

% of 
net sales 
100 % 
14.6 % 
45.0 % 
59.6 % 
40.4 % 

  Dollar 
$  (42,998 ) 
(1,751 ) 
(3,180 ) 
(4,931 ) 
  (38,067 ) 

Percentage 

(12.9 )%
(3.6 )%
(2.1 )%
(2.5 )%
(28.3 )%

Net sales 

Cost of sales 
Commissions and incentives 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 

Selling and administrative expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Other operating costs 

Total operating expenses 

Loss from operations 
Interest income 
Other income (expense), net 
Loss before income taxes 
Benefit for income taxes 

Net loss  

  69,997  
  12,333  
  39,741  
 122,071  
  (25,594 ) 
473  
  1,046  
  (24,075 ) 
  6,707  
$  (17,368 ) 

24.2 %   
4.3 %   
13.7 %   
42.1 %   
(8.8 )%  
0.2 %   
0.4  %  
(8.3 )%  
2.3 %   
(6.0 )%  

81,077  
12,310  
55,656  
149,043  
(14,499 ) 
1,604  
(5,303 ) 
(18,198 ) 
5,570  
$ (12,628 ) 

24.4 % 
3.7 % 
16.7 % 
44.8 % 
(4.4 )% 
0.5 % 
(1.6 )% 
(5.5 )% 
1.7 % 
(3.8 )%  $ 

  (11,080 ) 
23  
  (15,915 ) 
  (26,972 ) 
  (11,095 ) 
(1,131 ) 
6,349  
(5,877 ) 
1,137  
(4,740 ) 

(13.7 )%
0.2 % 
(28.6 )%
(18.1 )%
(76.5 )%
(70.5 )%
119.7  %
(32.3 )%
20.4  %
(37.5 )%

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For geographical purposes, consolidated net sales primarily shipped to customers by location for the years ended 

December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows (in millions, except percentages): 

Net Sales in Dollars and as a Percentage of Consolidated Net Sales 

2009 

2008

United States 

Japan 

Republic of Korea 

Canada 

Australia 
South Africa(1) 
Taiwan 

New Zealand 

United Kingdom 

Germany 

Denmark 
Singapore(2) 
Austria(3) 
Norway(3) 
The Netherlands(3) 
Sweden(3) 

Totals 

$

$

140.7  
42.0  
26.4  
23.0  
22.9  
13.2  
6.6  
4.3  
3.3  
3.2  
1.6  
1.5  
0.3  
0.3  
0.2  
0.2  
289.7  

48.6 %

14.5 %

9.1 %

7.9 %

7.9 % 

4.6 %

2.3 %

1.5 % 

1.0 %

1.1 %

0.6 %

0.5 % 

0.1 % 

0.1 % 

0.1 % 

0.1 % 

100 %

$  176.9  
44.8  
35.7  
23.6  
26.1  
5.5  
5.2  
5.2  
4.7  
3.8  
1.2  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
$  332.7  

53.1 %

13.5 %

10.7 %

7.1 %

7.8 % 
1.7 % 
1.6 %

1.6 % 

1.4 %

1.1 %

0.4 % 

— %

— % 

— % 

— % 

— % 

100 %

_________________________ 

(1) South Africa began operations in May 2008. 
(2) Singapore began operations in November 2008. 
(3) Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden began operations in September 2009. 

Net Sales 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, our operations outside of the United States accounted for approximately 

51.4% of our consolidated net sales, whereas in the same period in 2008, our operations outside of the United States 
accounted for approximately 46.9% of our consolidated net sales. 

Consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased by $43 million, or 12.9%, to $289.7 

million as compared to $332.7 million for the same period in 2008. Domestic sales decreased $36.2 million, while 
international sales decreased $6.8 million. Despite this overall decrease, we have a positive outlook for future growth and 
increasing net sales as we continue to develop innovative products, actively recruit new associates, and expand 
internationally. 

Fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates had an overall unfavorable impact on our net sales of 

approximately $4.6 million for year ended December 31, 2009. The net sales impact is calculated as the difference 
between (1) the current period’s net sales in USD and (2) the current period’s net sales in local currencies converted to 
USD by applying average exchange rates for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales by country in local currency for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows (in 

millions, except percentages): 

Country 

Currency 

2009 

2008 

Change 

Local  
currency 

Percentage 

Australia and Singapore(1) 
Austria, Germany, 
Netherlands(2) 

Denmark 
Japan 
Korea 
New Zealand 
Norway(2) 
South Africa(3) 
Sweden(2) 
Taiwan 
United Kingdom 

  AUD 

EUR 
  DKK 
JPY 
  KRW 
  NZD 
  NOK 
ZAR 
SEK 

TWD 
  GBP 

31.1  

31.0  

0.1  

0.3 % 

2.6  
8.6  
3,890.7  
33,366.8  
6.9  
2.0  
109.8  
1.2  
217.4  
2.1  

2.6  
6.3  
4,584.3  
38,733.4  
7.3  
—  
47.4  
—  
165.4  
2.6  

—  
2.3  
(693.6 ) 
(5,366.6 ) 
(0.4)  
2.0  
62.4  
1.2  
52.0  
(0.5 ) 

—  
36.5 % 
(15.1 )% 
(13.9 )% 
(5.5 )% 
—  
131.6 % 
—  
31.4 % 
(19.2 )% 

_________________________ 
(1) Singapore began operations in November 2008. 
(2) Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden began operations in September 2009. 
(3) South Africa began operations in May 2008. 

Our total sales and sales mix can be influenced by any of the following: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

changes in our sales prices; 
changes in consumer demand; 
changes in the number of independent associates and members; 
changes in competitors’ products; 
changes in economic conditions; 
changes in regulations; 
announcements of new scientific studies and breakthroughs; 
introduction of new products; 
discontinuation of existing products; 
adverse publicity; 
changes in our commissions and incentives programs; and 
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. 

Our sales mix for the years ended December 31, was as follows (in millions, except percentages): 

Product sales 
Pack sales 
Other, including freight 
Total net sales 

Change 

2009 

2008 

Dollar 

$

$

213.9  
62.1  
13.7  
289.7  

$

$

260.5  
57.7  
14.5  
332.7  

$ 

$ 

(46.6 ) 
4.4  
(0.8 ) 
(43.0 ) 

Percentage 
(17.9 )% 
7.6 % 
(5.5 )% 
(12.9 )%

Although there was an overall decrease in consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009, as 

compared to the same period in 2008, which was primarily due to a decline in the volume of product sales, there was an 
increase in pack sales, creating a positive outlook for future product sales. Pack sales generally correlate to new 
independent associates who purchase starter packs and to continuing independent associates who purchase upgrade or 
renewal packs. However, there is no direct correlation between product sales and the number of new and continuing 
independent associates and members because independent associates and members utilize products at different volumes. 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Product Sales 

Substantially all of our product sales are made to independent associates at published wholesale prices. We also 

sell our products to independent members at discounted published retail prices. 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, product sales decreased $46.6 million, or 17.9%, to $213.9 million, as 

compared to $260.5 million for the same period in 2008. The $46.6 million decrease in product sales was comprised of a 
decrease in existing product sales of $38.5 million and a decrease in new product sales of $8.1 million. We believe the 
decrease in product sales was primarily due to the macro-economic factors negatively impacting our company.  

The following new products were introduced during 2009: 

•  Mannatech Optimal Skin Care System products in certain international markets; 
•  OsoLean™ powder and/or OsoLean™ single use packets in all of our markets; 

•  Various promotional packages in United States, Canada, South Africa, Taiwan, and Australia; 

•  Health Solutions Starter packs in Australia, Singapore, and New Zealand; 
•  GlycoSlim® drink mix in certain international markets; 

• 

• 

Emprizone® in Japan; 
Essential Source™ Omega 3 in United States, Canada, and South Africa; 
PhytoBurst™ Nutritional Chews in United States, Canada and South Africa;  

• 
•  GI-ProBalance™ in South Korea; and 

•  Various Optimal Health, Weight and Fitness products in Austria, the Netherlands, Norway and Sweden; 

Pack Sales 

Packs may be purchased by our independent associates who wish to build a Mannatech business. These packs are 
offered to our independent associates at a discount from published retail prices. There are several pack options available to 
our associates. In certain markets, pack sales are concluded during the associate registration process and can provide new 
associates with valuable training and promotional materials, as well as products for resale to retail customers, 
demonstration purposes, and personal consumption. Business-building associates can also purchase an upgrade pack, 
which provides associates with additional promotional materials and eligibility for additional commissions and incentives. 
Many of our business-building independent associates also choose to purchase renewal packs to satisfy annual renewal 
requirements to continue to earn various commissions. 

Pack sales associated with the number of independent associates can be analyzed as follows, for the years ended 

December 31 (in millions except percentages and independent associate information): 

2009 

2008 

Number of 
independent 
associates and 
members 

Pack sales 

Number of 
independent 
associates 
and members 

Pack sales 

Percentage and 
dollar change 
of pack sales 

New 

Continuing 

Total 

145,000 

  $ 

368,000 

513,000 

  $ 

39.6

22.5

62.1

133,000

398,000

531,000

$

$

28.0 

29.7 

57.7 

 $  11.6  
(7.2 )
4.4  

 $ 

41.4 %

(24.2 )%

7.6 %

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Total pack sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by $4.4 million, or 7.6%, to $62.1 million, as 

compared to $57.7 million for the same period in 2008. The overall increase in total pack sales was composed of an 
increase of $11.6 million related to a larger number of new independent associates purchasing starter packs, offset by a 
decrease of $7.2 million related to a decline in the number of renewal and upgrade packs purchased by our continuing 
independent associates. 

The number of new and continuing independent associates and members who purchased our packs and/or 

products during the twelve months ended December 31, was as follows: 

New 
Continuing 
Total 

2009 

145,000  
368,000  
513,000  

28 % 
72 % 
100 % 

2008 

133,000  
398,000  
531,000  

25 % 
75 % 
100 % 

Although there was an overall decrease of 18,000, or 3.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 in associate 

activity as compared to the same period in 2008, which was due to fewer continuing independent associates and members, 
we had an increase in the number of new recruits. We consider new recruits to be a leading indicator of continued long-
term success due to anticipated future sales. Due to the increase in new recruits, there was an increase in the number of 
starter pack sales as compared to the same period in 2008; but the decline in continuing independent associates resulted in 
a corresponding decline in renewal and upgrade pack sales as compared to the same period in 2008. The $499 
Premium/All-Star Pack was successfully launched in United States, Canada, and South Africa in January 2009 and had 
stronger than expected sales and was responsible for an improvement in recruiting in 2009. Our new recruits increased by 
9.2 % for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the same period in 2008. During 2008 and 2009, we took the 
following actions to help increase the number of independent associates and members: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

registered our most popular products with the appropriate regulatory agencies in all countries of operations; 

focused on new product development; 

explored new international markets; 

launched an aggressive marketing and educational campaign; 

strengthened compliance initiatives; 

concentrated on publishing results of research studies and clinical trials related to our products; 

initiated additional incentives; 

explored new advertising and educational tools to broaden name recognition; 

implemented changes to our global associate career and compensation plan; 

introduced new products in many of our global markets; 

introduced the $499 Premium/All-Star Pack into United States, Canada, and South Africa in January 2009; 
and 

expanded into four new international markets in early fall of 2009. 

Other Sales 

Other sales consisted of (i) sales of promotional materials; (ii) training and event registration fees; (iii) monthly 

fees collected for Success Tracker™, a customized electronic business-building and educational materials database for our 
independent associates that helps stimulate product sales and provide business management; (iv) freight revenue charged 
to our independent associates and members; and (v) a reserve for estimated sales refunds and returns. 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, other sales decreased by $0.8 million, or 5.5%, to $13.7 million as 

compared to $14.5 million for the same period in 2008. The decrease in other sales primarily consisted of a $1.7 million 
decrease in freight fees due to the decrease in product shipments, as well as a $0.4 million decrease in Success Tracker™ 
and training fees and a $0.1 million decrease in sales of promotional materials, partially offset by a net change in sales 
refunds and returns of $1.3 million and a $0.1 increase in associate services.  

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, gross profit decreased by $38 million, or 28.3%, to $96.5 million as 

compared to $134.5 million for the same period in 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2009, gross profit as a 
percentage of net sales decreased to 33.3% as compared to 40.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The reduction in 
gross profit is due to the decline in sales as well as the increase in commissions and incentives and cost of sales as a 
percentage of net sales. 

Cost of sales decreased for the year ended December 31, 2009, by 3.6%, or $1.8 million to $46.8 million as 

compared to $48.6 million for the same period in 2008. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales increased to 16.2% as 
compared to 14.6% for the same period in 2008. This increase was a result of an increase in freight cost, as well as the 
level of discount carried by the $499 Premium/All-Star Pack. 

Commission costs decreased for the year ended December 31, 2009, by 2.7%, or $3.8 million, to $138.3 million 

as compared to $142.1 million for the same period in 2008. The decrease in commissions was primarily related to the 
decrease in commissionable net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2009, commissions as a percentage of net sales 
increased to 47.7% as compared to 42.7% for the same period of 2008, which was due to the introduction of the new $499 
Premium/All-Star Pack in January of 2009 and the related pack bonuses. 

Incentive costs increased for the year ended December 31, 2009, by 8%, or $0.6 million, to $8.1 million as 

compared to $7.5 million for the same period in 2008. The costs of incentives, as a percentage of net sales, increased to 
2.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 2.3% for the same period in 2008.  

The increase in total costs of annual incentives was the result of the number of independent associates who 

qualified for annual incentives, which increased in 2009 by 170.3% to 2,403 as compared to 889 in 2008.  The increase in 
qualifiers for the annual incentive is primarily related to higher associate recruiting activity during 2009 and the 
introduction of the $499 Premium/All-Star Pack. 

Selling and Administrative Expenses 

Selling and administrative expenses include a combination of both fixed and variable expenses. These expenses 

consist of compensation and benefits for employees, temporary and contract labor, outbound shipping and freight, and 
marketing-related expenses, such as monthly magazine development costs and costs related to hosting our corporate-
sponsored events. 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, overall selling and administrative expenses decreased $11.1 million, or 

13.7%, to $70 million as compared to $81.1 million for the same period in 2008. Selling and administrative expenses, as a 
percentage of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009, decreased to 24.2%, as compared to 24.4% for the same 
period in 2008. Compensation and compensation-related costs decreased $9.4 million due to staff reductions in the first 
quarter of 2009. Freight costs decreased by $1.1 million due to a decrease in product shipments, and selling and marketing 
expenses decreased $0.6 million. 

Other Operating Costs 

Other operating costs generally include travel, accounting/legal/consulting fees, royalties, credit card processing 
fees, banking fees, off-site storage fees, utilities, and other miscellaneous operating expenses. Generally, changes in other 
operating costs are associated with the changes in our net sales. 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, other operating costs decreased by $16 million, or 28.6%, to $39.7 

million as compared to $55.7 million for the same period in 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2009, other operating 
costs as a percentage of net sales decreased to 13.7% compared to 16.7 % for the same period in 2008. The decrease in 
other operating costs was primarily due to a $6.9 million reduction in legal expenses, as a result of 2008 litigation 
settlements, and a $5.9 million reduction in consulting fees. The decrease also consisted of a $1.2 million reduction in 
credit card fees, $0.6 million reduction in travel, $0.3 million reduction in repairs and maintenance, $0.1 million reduction 
in royalties, and $1.1 million reduction in miscellaneous other operating expenses; slightly offset by an increase of $0.1 
million in research and development expense. 

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and Amortization Expense 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, depreciation and amortization expense was $12.3 million and remained 

relatively flat as compared to the same period in 2008.  However, as a percentage of net sales, depreciation and 
amortization expense increased to 4.3% from 3.7% for the same period in 2008.  

Provision for Income Taxes 

Provision for income taxes include current and deferred income taxes for both our domestic and foreign 

operations. Our statutory income tax rates by jurisdiction are as follows, for the years ended December 31: 

Country 

Australia 

Canada 

Denmark 

Japan 

Norway 
Republic of Korea 
Singapore 

South Africa 

Sweden 

Switzerland 

Taiwan 

United Kingdom 

United States 

2009 

30.0 %

33.0 %

25.0 % 

42.0 %

28.0 % 

24.2 %

17.0 % 

28.0 %

26.3 % 

16.2 %

25.0 % 

28.0 % 

37.5 % 

2008 

30.0 %

33.0 %

25.0 % 

42.0 %

N/A  

27.5 %

17.0 % 

28.0 %

N/A  

16.2 %

25.0 % 

28.0 % 

37.5 % 

Income from our international operations is subject to taxation in the countries in which we operate. Although we 
may receive foreign income tax credits that would reduce the total amount of income taxes owed in the United States, we 
may not be able to fully utilize our foreign income tax credits in the United States. 

We use the recognition and measurement provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, (“Topic 740”), to 

account for income taxes. The provisions of Topic 740 require a company to record a valuation allowance when the “more 
likely than not” criterion for realizing net deferred tax assets cannot be met. Furthermore, the weight given to the potential 
effect of such evidence should be commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. As a result, we 
reviewed the operating results, as well as all of the positive and negative evidence related to realization of such deferred 
tax assets to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance in each tax jurisdiction.  

In the fourth quarter of 2009, we reversed a valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets as a result of 
new tax legislation that allowed the carry back of net operating losses for five years instead of two. This reversal resulted 
in an increase in tax benefit of approximately $3.0 million for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2009. 

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we maintained our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets in the 
following table (in millions), as we believe the “more likely than not” criterion for recognition and realization purposes, as 
defined in Topic 740, cannot be met. 

Country 

Switzerland 
Taiwan(1) 
United States 
Total 

2009 
0.3 
0.9 
1.1 
2.3 

$

$

2008 
0.0 
0.9 
0.0 
0.9 

  $

  $

_________________________ 
(1) The 2009 valuation allowance for Taiwan was adjusted to reflect the tax rate change effective for 2010.  Without the rate change, the Taiwan valuation 

allowance would have been $1.1 million. 

The dollar amount of the provisions for income taxes is directly related to our profitability and changes in taxable 

income among countries. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our effective income tax rate decreased to 27.9% from 
30.6% for the same period in 2008. For 2009, the Company’s effective income tax rate was lower than what would be 
expected if the federal statutory income tax rate were applied to income before taxes primarily because of  increases in the 
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and favorable differences from foreign operations. For 2008, the Company’s 
effective income tax rate was lower than what would be expected if the federal statutory income tax rate were applied to 
income before taxes primarily because of favorable differences from foreign operations. 

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007 

The tables below summarize our consolidated operating results in dollars and as a percentage of net sales for the 

years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands, except percentages). 

Net sales 

Cost of sales 
Commissions and incentives 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 

Selling and administrative expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Other operating costs 

Total operating expenses 

Income from operations 

Interest income 
Other income (expense), net 
Income before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 

Net income (loss) 

2008 

2007 

Change 

Total 
Dollars 
  $ 332,703  
48,564  
149,595  
198,159  
134,544  

% of 
net sales  

Total 
dollars 

% of 
net sales  

Dollar 

100.0 % $ 412,678  
59,765  
14.6 %
45.0 % 189,067  
59.6 % 248,832  
40.4 % 163,846  

100.0 % $  (79,975 ) 
  (11,201 ) 
14.5 % 
  (39,472 ) 
45.8 % 
  (50,673 ) 
60.3 % 
  (29,302 ) 
39.7 % 

Percentage 
(19.4 )%
(18.7 )%
(20.9 )%
(20.4 )%
(17.9 )%

81,077  
12,310  
55,656  
149,043  
(14,499 ) 
1,604  
(5,303 ) 
(18,198 ) 
5,570  
  $ (12,628 ) 

84,298  
24.4 %
10,236  
3.7 %
16.7 %
61,703  
44.8 % 156,237  
7,609  
(4.4 )%
2,700  
0.5 %
(1.6 )%
180  
(5.5 )% 10,489  
(3,895 ) 
1.7 %
6,594  
(3.8 )% $

(3,221 ) 
20.4 % 
2,074  
2.5 % 
(6,047 ) 
15.0 % 
(7,194 ) 
37.9 % 
  (22,108 ) 
1.8 % 
(1,096 ) 
0.7 % 
(5,483 ) 
0.0 % 
  (28,687 ) 
2.5 % 
(0.9 )%   
9,465  
1.6 % $  (19,222 ) 

(3.8 )%
20.3 % 
(9.8 )%
(4.6 )%
(290.6 )%
(40.6 )%
(3046.1 )%
(273.5 )%
243.0 % 
(291.5 )%

For geographical purposes, consolidated net sales primarily shipped to customers by location for the years ended 

December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows (in millions, except percentages): 

Net Sales in Dollars and as a Percentage of Consolidated Net Sales 

United States 

Japan 

Republic of Korea 

Australia 

Canada 
South Africa(1) 

New Zealand 

Taiwan 

United Kingdom 

Germany 

Denmark 

Totals 

_________________________ 
(1) South Africa began operations in May 2008. 

2008 

2007 

$

$

176.9  
44.8  
35.7  
26.1  
23.6  
5.5  
5.2  
5.2  
4.7  
3.8  
1.2  
332.7  

53.1 %

13.5 %

10.7 %

7.8 %

7.1 %

1.7 %

1.6 %

1.6 %

1.4 %

1.1 %

0.4 %

100 %

$  244.5  
42.3  
44.0  
29.4  
27.4  
—  
6.9  
5.4  
6.7  
4.6  
1.5  
$  412.7  

59.2 %

10.3 %

10.7 %

7.1 %

6.6 %
—  
1.7 %

1.3 %

1.6 %

1.1 %
0.4 % 

100 %

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Sales 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our operations outside of the United States accounted for approximately 

46.9% of our consolidated net sales, whereas in the same period in 2007, our operations outside of the United States 
accounted for approximately 40.8% of our consolidated net sales. 

Consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased by $80 million, or 19.4%, to $332.7 

million as compared to $412.7 million for the same period in 2007. Expanding our business to South Africa in the second 
quarter of 2008 accounted for net sales of $5.5 million. Operations in Japan continued to grow as seen by a $2.5 million 
increase in net sales for 2008 as compared to 2007. These increases were offset by a decrease in United States, Canada, 
and international net sales of $71.4 million and $16.6 million, respectively, as compared to 2007. This decrease in net 
sales was a result of independent associate and member concerns about certain negative publicity as well as a weakened 
economy. Overall, the appreciation/depreciation of foreign currencies during 2008 had approximately a $0.1 million 
favorable impact on net sales in 2008, with a favorable first half impact essentially offset by unfavorable second half 
results. 

Net sales by country in local currency for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows (in millions, 

except percentages): 

Country 

Currency 

Australia and Singapore(1) 
Germany 
Denmark 
Japan 
Korea 
New Zealand 
South Africa(2) 
Taiwan 
United Kingdom 

  AUD 
EUR 
  DKK 
JPY 
  KRW 
  NZD 
ZAR 
TWD 
  GBP 

_________________________ 
(1) Singapore began operations in November 2008. 
(2) South Africa began operations in May 2008. 

2008 

31.0  
2.6  
6.3  
4,584.3  
38,733.4  
7.3  
47.4  
165.4  
2.6  

2007 

35.2  
3.3  
8.1  
5,314.5  
40,563.2  
9.4  
—  
178.5  
3.4  

Change 

Local  
currency 

Percentage 

(4.2 )  
(0.7)  
(1.8 )  
(730.2 ) 
(1,829.8 ) 
(2.1)  
47.4  
(13.1 ) 
(0.8 ) 

(11.9 )% 
(21.2 )% 
(22.2 )% 
(13.7 )% 
(4.5 )% 
(22.3 )% 
—  
(7.3 )% 
(23.5 )% 

Our sales mix for the years ended December 31, was as follows (in millions, except percentages): 

Product sales 
Pack sales 
Other, including freight* 
Total net sales 

Change 

2008 

2007 

Dollar 

Percentage 

$

$

260.5  
57.7  
14.5  
332.7  

$

$

316.9  
79.0  
16.8  
412.7  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(56.4 ) 
(21.3 ) 
(2.3 ) 
(80.0 ) 

(17.8 )% 
(27.0 )% 
(13.7 )% 
(19.4 )%

____________________________ 
* In April 2007, we began operating our new ERP System, which allowed us to separately quantify deferred revenue associated with sales of packs and 
products that were shipped but not yet received by customers. As a result, in April 2007, we began recording deferred revenue related to packs with 
pack sales and deferred revenue associated with products with product sales. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, other sales included $1.9 
million related to the change in deferred revenue for packs and products shipped but not yet received by customers, rather than in the applicable pack or 
product sales category. 

The decrease in our consolidated net sales consisted of a decrease in the volume of products and packs sold and a 
change in the mix of packs and products sold. Pack sales generally correlate to the number of new independent associates 
and members who purchase starter packs and to the number of continuing independent associates who purchase upgrade or 
renewal packs. However, there is no direct correlation between product sales and the number of new and continuing 
independent associates and members because independent associates and members utilize products at different volumes. 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Product Sales 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, product sales decreased $56.4 million, or 17.8%, to $260.5 million, as 

compared to $316.9 million for the same period in 2007. The $56.4 million decrease in product sales was comprised of a 
decrease in existing product sales of $54.1 million and a decrease attributable to the $2.3 million cost of introducing the 
new products set forth below. We believe the decrease in product sales was primarily related to the economic downturn 
and independent associate and member concerns over certain negative publicity and litigation. 

The following new products were introduced during 2008: 

•  Mannatech Optimal Skin Care System products in certain international markets; 

•  A new sales kit in the United States; 

PhytoMatrix® caplets in Japan, Taiwan, United Kingdom, Denmark, Germany, and South Korea; 

• 
•  Bounce Back™ capsules in United States, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand; 
•  OsoLean™ powder in United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, and Korea; 
•  HeartSmart™ tablets in Taiwan; 

•  Various Optimal Health products in Singapore; and 

•  Various Optimal Health and Optimal Weight and Fitness products in South Africa. 

Pack Sales 

Pack sales associated with the number of independent associates and members can be analyzed as follows, for the 

years ended December 31(in millions except percentages and independent associate information): 

2008 

2007 

Number of 
independent 
associates and 
members 

Pack sales 

Number of 
independent 
associates 
and members 

Pack sales 

Percentage and 
dollar change 
of pack sales 

New 

Continuing 

Total 

133,000 

  $ 

398,000 

531,000 

  $ 

28.0

29.7

57.7

191,000

384,000

575,000

$

$

39.6 

39.4 

79.0 

 $  (11.6 )
(9.7 )
 $  (21.3 )

(29.3 )%

(24.6 )%

(27.0 )%

For the year ended December 31, 2008, total pack sales decreased by $21.3 million, or 27.0%, to $57.7 million as 
compared to $79.0 million for the same period in 2007. The decrease in total pack sales was composed of an $11.6 million 
decrease due to a decline in the number of new independent associates and members purchasing starter packs and a 
decrease of $9.7 million due to a decline in the number of business-building independent associates purchasing renewal 
and upgrade packs. 

The number of new and continuing independent associates and members, who purchased our packs and/or 

products during the years ended December 31, was as follows: 

New 
Continuing 
Total 

2008 

133,000  
398,000  
531,000  

25 % 
75 % 
100 % 

2007 

191,000  
384,000  
575,000  

33.2 % 
66.8 % 
100 %

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the overall number of independent associates and members decreased by 

44,000 or 7.7%, to 531,000 as compared to 575,000 for 2007. We experienced a decrease in the number of upgrade and 
renewal packs purchased by our continuing independent associates and a decrease in the number of new independent 
associates and members purchasing starter packs as compared to the same period in 2007. We believe the decrease in 
upgrade and renewal packs and starter packs purchased was related to the current economic conditions and independent 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
associate and member concerns over certain negative publicity resulting from ongoing litigation. In 2008, we took the 
following actions to help increase the number of independent associates and members: 

•  registered our most popular products with the appropriate regulatory agencies in all countries of operations; 
•  focused on new product development; 
• 

launched an aggressive marketing and educational campaign; 

•  explored and entered new international markets; 
•  strengthened compliance initiatives; 
• 
•  explored new advertising and educational tools to broaden name recognition; 
• 

implemented changes to our global associate career and compensation plan; and 

initiated additional incentives; 

• 

introduced new products. 

Other Sales 

Other sales consisted of (i) sales of promotional materials; (ii) training and event registration fees; (iii) monthly 

fees collected for Success Tracker™, a customized electronic business-building and educational materials database for our 
independent associates that helps stimulate product sales and provide business management; (iv) freight revenue charged 
to our independent associates and members; and (v) a reserve for estimated sales refunds and returns. 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, other sales decreased by $2.3 million, or 13.7%, to $14.5 million as 

compared to $16.8 million for the same period in 2007. The decrease was primarily due to the decrease in product and 
pack shipments, which more than offset the increase in freight charged per shipment. The decrease in other sales is also 
related to the classification of deferred revenue of $1.9 million for pack and product sales, which was partially offset by an 
increase in income related to a transactional tax holiday for certain sales occurring in 2008. 

Gross Profit 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, gross profit decreased by $29.3 million, or 17.9%, to $134.5 million as 

compared to $163.8 million for the same period in 2007. The decrease was primarily due to a 19.4% decrease in net sales, 
which correlates to the 18.7% decrease in cost of sales, 19.6% decrease in commissions, and 39.5% decrease in incentives 
as compared to the same period in 2007.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, gross profit as a percentage of net sales 
increased to 40.4% as compared to 39.7% for the same period in 2007. 

Cost of sales decreased during the year ended December 31, 2008 by 18.7%, or $11.2 million to $48.6 million as 

compared to $59.8 million for the same period in 2007. The decrease in cost of sales was primarily due to a decline in 
product cost of $9.8 million. The inventory write-offs and adjustments decreased by $0.9 million primarily due to the 
complimentary products shipped in 2007 as a result of the recall of the North American Optimal Restoring Serum. A 
decrease in freight cost was slightly offset by an increase in shipping supplies, which generated a net decrease of $0.5 
million as compared to the same period in 2007. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales increased slightly to 14.6% as 
compared to 14.5% for the same period in 2007. 

Commission costs decreased for the year ended December 31, 2008, by 19.6%, or $34.6 million, to $142.1 

million as compared to $176.7 million for the same period in 2007. The decrease in commissions was primarily related to 
the decrease in commissionable net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2008, commissions as a percentage of net 
sales remained relatively flat at 42.7% as compared to 42.8% for the same period of 2007. 

Incentive costs decreased for the year ended December 31, 2008, by 39.5%, or $4.9 million, to $7.5 million as 

compared to $12.4 million for the same period in 2007. The costs of incentives, as a percentage of net sales, decreased to 
2.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 3.0% for the same period in 2007. The decrease in incentive 
costs was also the result of a decrease in the number of independent associates who qualified for annual travel incentives, 
which fell in 2008 by 33.0% to 889 as compared to 1,326 in 2007. 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling and Administrative Expenses 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, overall selling and administrative expenses decreased $3.2 million, or 

3.8%, to $81.1 million as compared to $84.3 million for the same period in 2007. Selling and administrative expenses, as a 
percentage of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008, increased to 24.4%, as compared to 20.4% for the same 
period in 2007. Compensation and compensation-related costs increased by of $3.4 million, due to an increase in payroll 
and payroll-related costs of approximately $5.6 million. These compensation related costs were offset by a decrease in 
temporary and contract labor of approximately $1.8 million, as well as a decrease in stock option expense of $0.4 million, 
all of which were due to the conversion of a number of temporary and contract labor positions to permanent employees, 
normal merit increases, decreased capitalization of salaries for the development of our new Enterprise Resource Planning 
system, and costs related to staff reduction. This net increase was offset by a decrease in freight costs of $3.7 million due 
to a decrease in product and pack shipments, and a decrease in marketing costs of $2.9 million, which related to a change 
in distribution of an internal publication to associates, a reduction in cost related to corporate-sponsored events, and a 
reduction in the cost associated with advertising materials and printing. 

Other Operating Costs 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, other operating costs decreased by $6.0 million, or 9.8%, to $55.7 million 
as compared to $61.7 million for the same period in 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2008, other operating costs as 
a percentage of net sales increased to 16.7% compared to 15.0 % for the same period in 2007. The decrease in other 
operating costs was primarily due to a $3.2 million decrease in general office expenses. There was also a $1.8 million 
decrease in travel cost, a $1.5 million decrease in credit card fees and royalties, and a $0.6 decrease in R&D costs. These 
reductions in other operating costs were partially offset by a $0.5 million increase in legal fees related to ongoing lawsuits, 
a $0.4 increase in accounting and consulting fees related to global expansion activities and the write-off of capitalized 
consulting fees associated with a sales software project, and a $0.2 million increase in repairs and maintenance costs. 
Included in legal costs in the fourth quarter of 2008 is a $5.5 million reversal of the estimated legal costs accrual related to 
the preliminary settlement of the Texas Attorney General complaint. 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, depreciation and amortization expense increased by 20.3%, or $2.1 

million, to $12.3 million as compared to $10.2 million for the same period in 2007. As a percentage of net sales, 
depreciation and amortization expense increased to 3.7% from 2.5% for the same period in 2007. The increase in 
depreciation and amortization expense primarily related to placing into service our ERP system, which cost approximately 
$34.0 million and is being amortized over 5 years. 

Provision for Income Taxes 

Provision for income taxes include current and deferred income taxes for both our domestic and foreign 

operations. Our statutory income tax rates by jurisdiction are as follows, for the years ended December 31: 

Country 

Australia 

Canada 

Japan 
Republic of Korea 
South Africa 

Switzerland 

Taiwan 

United Kingdom 

United States 

2008 

30.0 %

33.0 %

42.0 %

27.5 %

28.0 %

16.2 %

25.0 % 

28.0 % 

37.5 % 

2007 

30.0 %

30.0 %

42.0 %

27.5 %
N/A  
N/A  
25.0 % 

30.0 % 

37.5 % 

Income from our international operations is subject to taxation in the countries in which we operate. Although we 
may receive foreign income tax credits that would reduce the total amount of income taxes owed in the United States, we 
may not be able to fully utilize our foreign income tax credits in the United States. 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We use the recognition and measurement provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, to account for 

income taxes. The provisions of the Income Tax Topic require a company to record a valuation allowance when the “more 
likely than not” criterion for realizing net deferred tax assets cannot be met. Furthermore, the weight given to the potential 
effect of such evidence should be commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. As a result, we 
reviewed the operating results, as well as all of the positive and negative evidence related to realization of such deferred 
tax assets to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance in each tax jurisdiction. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we 
maintained our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets in Taiwan totaling $0.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively, 
as we believe the “more likely than not” criterion for recognition and realization purposes, as defined in FASB ASC Topic 
740, cannot be met. 

The dollar amount of the provisions for income taxes is directly related to our profitability and changes in taxable 

income among countries. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our effective income tax rate decreased to 30.6% from 
37.1% for the same period in 2007. For 2008, the Company’s effective income tax rate was lower than what would be 
expected if the federal statutory income tax rate were applied to income before taxes primarily because of favorable 
differences from foreign operations. For 2007, the Company’s effective income tax rate was higher than what would be 
expected if the federal statutory income tax rate were applied to income before taxes primarily because of unfavorable 
permanent items from foreign operations. 

Seasonality 

We believe the impact of seasonality on our consolidated results of operations is minimal. We have experienced 

and believe we will continue to experience variations on our quarterly results of operations in response to, among other 
things: 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

the timing of the introduction of new products and incentives; 

our ability to attract and retain associates and members; 

the timing of our incentives and contests; 

the general overall economic outlook; 

government regulations; 

the outcome of certain lawsuits; 

the perception and acceptance of network marketing; and 

the consumer perception of our products and overall operations. 

As a result of these and other factors, our quarterly results may vary significantly in the future. Period-to-period 

comparisons should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance since we can give no assurances that 
revenue trends in new markets, as well as in existing markets, will follow our historical patterns. The market price of our 
common stock may also be adversely affected by the above factors. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Our principal use of cash is to pay for operating expenses, including commissions and incentives, capital assets, 

inventory purchases, and international expansion and to pay quarterly cash dividends. We generally fund our business 
objectives, operations, and expansion of our operations through net cash flows from operations rather than incurring long-
term debt. We plan to continue to fund our needs through net cash flows from operations. At December 31, 2009, we had 
$17.4 million in cash and cash equivalents that can be used, along with normal cash flows from operations, to fund any 
unanticipated shortfalls in future cash flows. Although our cash has been impacted by net losses for most of 2009, we saw 
our costs, particularly commissions and incentives, return to more historical levels. Operating at these historical levels has 
helped us generate a positive operating cash flow for the fourth quarter of 2009. Although we are contemplating 
alternative liquidity sources, remaining at these historical cost levels will be a key factor in our ability to generate 
sufficient cash from operations. In addition, we reduced capital spending and plan to file for a substantial Federal income 
tax refund.  

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Investments 

As of December 31, 2009, our cash and cash equivalents decreased by 43.9%, or $13.5 million, to $17.4 million 
from $30.9 million as of December 31, 2008. The decrease in cash and cash equivalents was related to the acquisition of 
additional inventory, purchases of property and equipment, the decrease in accrued expenses due to the timing of 
payments, the payment of dividends and the payment of litigation settlements of approximately $8.4 million. As of 
December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, our investments have all been converted to cash equivalents. 

Working Capital 

Working capital represents total current assets less total current liabilities. At December 31, 2009, our working 

capital decreased by $10.2 million, or 31.9%, to $21.8 million from $32.0 million at December 31, 2008. The decrease in 
working capital primarily related to a decrease in cash and cash equivalents, a decrease in deferred tax assets and prepaid 
expenses, and an increase in accounts payable and taxes payable. 

Net Cash Flows 

Our net consolidated cash flows consisted of the following, for the years ended December 31 (in millions): 

Provided by (used in): 
Operating activities 
Investing activities 
Financing activities 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$
$
$

(10.3 ) 
(1.3 ) 
(1.5 ) 

$
$
$

(19.9 ) 
7.2  
(5.9 ) 

$ 
$ 
$ 

17.8  
(7.8 ) 
(9.4 ) 

The operating, investing, and financing activities are described in more detail below. 

Operating Activities 

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, our net operating activities used cash of $10.3 million 
and $19.9 million and provided cash of $17.8, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, net 
earnings adjusted for noncash activities used cash of $1.9 million and $0.8 million and provided cash of $16.8, 
respectively, and our working capital accounts used cash of $8.4 million and $19.0 million and provided cash of $1.0 
million, respectively. 

We expect that our net operating cash flows in 2010 will be sufficient to fund our current operations. There can 
be no assurance, however, that we will continue to generate cash flows at or above current levels. Certain events, such as 
the uncertainty of the worldwide economic environment, could impact our available cash or our ability to generate cash 
flows from operations. 

Investing Activities 

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, our net investing activities used cash of $1.3 million 

and provided cash of $7.2 million and used cash of $7.8 million, respectively. 

In 2009, we used cash of $2.8 million to purchase capital assets and we had a decrease in restricted cash of $1.5 
million. In 2008, we converted our long-term investments to cash and cash equivalents, providing cash of $13.0 million, 
which was partially offset by the acquisition of capital assets of $5.6 million. In 2007, we used cash of $13.4 million to 
purchase capital assets and $6.8 million as collateral for credit card payments in the Republic of Korea, which was 
partially offset by sales of investments of $12.4 million.  

In 2010, we anticipate using cash of up to $3.0 million to purchase other capital assets for use in our operations, 

expansion of our corporate facilities, and planned international expansion. 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Activities 

In 2009, we used cash of $1.1 million to fund payment of cash dividends to our shareholders and $0.5 million for 
repayment of capital lease obligations. The amount of cash used was partially offset by the receipt of $0.1 million in stock 
option exercise transactions.  

In 2008, we used cash of $5.9 million to fund our net financing activities. During 2008, we used cash of $5.8 
million to fund payment of quarterly cash dividends to our shareholders and used cash of $0.1 million to repay capital 
leases. 

In 2007, we used cash of $9.4 million to fund our net financing activities. During 2007, we used cash of $9.5 
million to fund payment of quarterly cash dividends to our shareholders and used cash of $0.1 million to repay capital 
leases. These uses of cash were partially offset by receiving cash of $0.1 million and recording an income tax benefit of 
$0.1 million related to option holders exercising their stock options. 

General Liquidity and Cash Flows 

We believe our existing liquidity and cash flows from operations are adequate to fund our normal expected future 

business operations and possible international expansion costs for the next 12 to 24 months. However, if our existing 
capital resources or cash flows become insufficient to meet current business plans, projections, and existing capital 
requirements, we may be required to raise additional funds, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. 

Contractual Obligations. The following summarizes our future commitments and obligations associated with 

various agreements and contracts as of December 31, 2009, for the years ending December 31 (in thousands): 

Capital lease obligations 
Purchase obligations(1) 
Operating leases 
Post-employment royalty  
Employment agreements 
Texas Attorney General Settlement 
Total commitments and obligations 

  Thereafter  

  $

2013 

Total 

913   $

774   $ 331   $

2010 

2011 

2012 

—   $ 2,020
22,066
9,453
2,460
1,653
1,000
  $ 18,352   $ 7,818   $ 4,667   $ 2,696   $ 2,328   $  2,791   $ 38,652

  1,050  
  1,741  
  —  
  —  
  —  

11,425  
2,939  
492  
1,583  
1,000  

2014 
2   $  —   $ 
 1,050  
  786  
  492  
  —  
  —  

4,956  
1,526  
492  
70  
—  

1,050  
1,152  
492  
—  
—  

2,535  
1,309  
492  
—  
—  

____________________________ 
(1) Purchase obligations for the years 2010, 2011, and 2012 include $4.7 million, $2.1 million, and $1.5 million, respectively, of purchase commitments 
under a contract terminated by the Company for an asserted breach. Pursuant to the terms of the Contract, we are engaged in the arbitration process 
with the supplier.  

We have maintained purchase commitments with certain raw material suppliers to purchase minimum quantities 
and to ensure exclusivity of our raw materials and the proprietary nature of our products. Currently, we have four supply 
agreements that require minimum purchase commitments. We terminated one of these contracts for an asserted breach in 
2009 and are now engaged in the arbitration process with the supplier.  We also maintain other supply agreements and 
manufacturing agreements to protect our products, regulate product costs, and help ensure quality control standards. These 
agreements do not require us to purchase any set minimums. We have no present commitments or agreements with respect 
to acquisitions or purchases of any manufacturing facilities; however, management from time to time explores the 
possibility of the benefits of purchasing a raw material manufacturing facility to help control costs of our raw materials 
and help ensure quality control standards. 

Off–Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any special-purpose entity arrangements, nor do we have any off-balance sheet arrangements. 

Market Risks 

Please see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk” under Item 7A of this Form 10-K for 

additional information about our Market Risks. 

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted 
in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The application of GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported values of assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements, the reported amounts of revenues 
and expenses during the reporting period, and the related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We use estimates 
throughout our financial statements, which are influenced by management’s judgment and uncertainties. Our estimates are 
based on historical trends, industry standards, and various other assumptions that we believe are applicable and reasonable 
under the circumstances at the time the consolidated financial statements are prepared. Our Audit Committee reviews our 
critical accounting policies and estimates. We continually evaluate and review our policies related to the portrayal of our 
consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations that require the application of significant judgment 
by our management. We also analyze the need for certain estimates, including the need for such items as allowance for 
doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, long-lived fixed assets and capitalization of internal-use software development 
costs, reserve for uncertain income tax positions and tax valuation allowances, revenue recognition, sales returns, and 
deferred revenues, accounting for stock-based compensation, and contingencies and litigation. Historically, actual results 
have not materially deviated from our estimates. However, we caution readers that actual results could differ from our 
estimates and assumptions applied in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. If circumstances change 
relating to the various assumptions or conditions used in our estimates, we could experience an adverse effect on our 
financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. We have identified the following applicable critical accounting 
policies and estimates as of December 31, 2009: 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Accounts receivable is carried at estimated collectible amounts and primarily consists of receivables from 

independent associates and members. As of December 31, 2009, net accounts receivable totaled $0.7 million. We 
simultaneously receive payment for an order when the order ships. If the payment is rejected or if it does not match the 
order total, a receivable is created. We periodically review receivables for realizability and base collectability upon 
assumptions, historical trends, and recent account activities. If our estimates regarding estimated collectability are 
inaccurate or consumer trends change in an unforeseen manner, we may be exposed to additional write-offs or bad debts. 
As of December 31, 2009, we had an allowance for doubtful accounts of less than $0.1 million. 

Inventory Reserves 

Inventory consists of raw materials, work in progress, finished goods, and promotional materials that are stated at 

the lower of cost (using standard costs that approximate average costs) or market. We record the amounts charged by the 
vendors as the costs of inventory. Typically, the net realizable value of our inventory is higher than the aggregate cost. 
Determination of net realizable value can be complex and, therefore, requires a high degree of judgment. In order for 
management to make the appropriate determination of net realizable value, the following items are considered: inventory 
turnover statistics, current selling prices, seasonality factors, consumer demand, regulatory changes, competitive pricing, 
and performance of similar products. If we determine the carrying value of inventory is in excess of estimated net  
realizable value, we write down the value of inventory to the estimated net realizable value. 

We also review inventory for obsolescence in a similar manner and any inventory identified as obsolete is 

reserved or written off. Our determination of obsolescence is based on assumptions about the demand for our products, 
product expiration dates, estimated future sales, and general future plans. We monitor actual sales compared to original 
projections, and if actual sales are less favorable than those originally projected by us, we record an additional inventory 
reserve or write-down. Historically, our estimates have been close to our actual reported amounts. However, if our 
estimates regarding inventory obsolescence are inaccurate or consumer demand for our products changes in an unforeseen 
manner, we may be exposed to additional material losses or gains in excess of our established estimated inventory 
reserves. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, our inventory reserves were $1.4 million and $0.7 million, respectively. 

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long Lived Fixed Assets and Capitalization of Software Development Costs 

In addition to capitalizing long-lived fixed asset costs, we also capitalize costs associated with internally 

developed software projects (collectively “fixed assets”) and amortize such costs over the estimated useful lives of such 
fixed assets. Fixed assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation computed using the straight-line method over 
the assets’ estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining lease terms or 
the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as 
incurred. If a fixed asset is sold or otherwise retired or disposed of, the cost of the fixed asset and the related accumulated 
depreciation or amortization is written off and any resulting gain or loss is recorded in other operating costs in our 
consolidated statement of operations. 

We review our fixed assets for impairment whenever an event or change in circumstances indicates the carrying 

amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable, such as plans to dispose of an asset before the end of its 
previously estimated useful life. Our impairment review includes a comparison of future projected cash flows generated by 
the asset, or group of assets, with its associated net carrying value. If the net carrying value of the asset or group of assets 
exceeds expected cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges), an impairment loss is recognized to the extent 
the carrying amount exceeds the fair value. The fair value is determined by calculating the discounted expected future cash 
flows using an estimated risk-free rate of interest. Any identified impairment losses are recorded in the period in which the 
impairment occurs. The carrying value of the fixed asset is adjusted to the new carrying value and any subsequent 
increases in fair value of the fixed asset are not recorded. In addition, if we determine the estimated remaining useful life 
of the asset should be reduced from our original estimate, the periodic depreciation expense is adjusted prospectively, 
based on the new remaining useful life of the fixed asset. 

The impairment calculation requires us to apply judgment and estimates concerning future cash flows, strategic 
plans, useful lives, and discount rates. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be 
exposed to an additional impairment charge, which could be material to our results of operations. In addition, if accounting 
standards change, or if fixed assets become obsolete, we may be required to write off any unamortized costs of fixed 
assets; or if estimated useful lives change, we would be required to accelerate depreciation or amortization periods and 
recognize additional depreciation expense in our consolidated statement of operations. 

Historically, our estimates and assumptions related to the carrying value and the estimated useful lives of our 

fixed assets have not materially deviated from actual results. As of December 31, 2009, the estimated useful lives and net 
carrying values of fixed assets are as follows: 

Office furniture and equipment 
Computer hardware and software 
Automobiles 
Leasehold improvements 
Construction in progress 
Total net carrying value at December 31, 2009 

Estimated useful life
5 to 7  years 
3 to 5  years 
3 to 5  years 
2 to 10  years(1) 
2 to 10  years(2) 

Net carrying value at 
December 31, 2009 

$ 

$ 

2.5 million
21.1 million
0.1 million
3.5 million
0.3 million
27.5 million

_____________________________ 
(1) 

(2) 

We amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the useful estimated life of the leased asset or the lease term. 
Construction in process includes leasehold improvements and internally developed software costs. Once placed in service, leasehold improvements 
will be amortized over the shorter of an asset’s useful life or the remaining lease term. Once the internally-developed software is placed in service, it will 
be amortized over three to five years. 

The net carrying costs of fixed assets and construction in progress are exposed to impairment losses if our 

assumptions and estimates of their carrying values change, there is a change in estimated future cash flow, or there is a 
change in the estimated useful life of the fixed asset. We determined that no impairment indicators existed during the years 
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007. 

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Uncertain Income Tax Positions and Tax Valuation Allowances 

As of December 31, 2009, we recorded $0.2 million in other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance 

sheet related to uncertain income tax positions. As required by Topic 740, we use judgments and make estimates and 
assumptions related to evaluating the probability of uncertain income tax positions. We base our estimates and 
assumptions on the potential liability related to an assessment of whether the income tax position will “more likely than 
not” be sustained in an income tax audit. We are also subject to periodic audits from multiple domestic and foreign tax 
authorities related to income tax, sales and use tax, personal property tax, and other forms of taxation. These audits 
examine our tax positions, timing of income and deductions, and allocation procedures across multiple jurisdictions. As 
part of our evaluation of these tax issues, we establish reserves in our consolidated financial statements based on our 
estimate of current probable tax exposures. Depending on the nature of the tax issue, we could be subject to audit over 
several years. Therefore, our estimated reserve balances and liability related to uncertain income tax positions may exist 
for multiple years before the applicable statute of limitations expires or before an issue is resolved by the taxing authority. 
We believe our tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions are based upon reasonable judgment and estimates; 
however, if actual results materially differ, our effective income tax rate and cash flows could be affected in the period of 
discovery or resolution. 

We also review the estimates and assumptions used in evaluating the probability of realizing the future benefits of 

our deferred tax assets and record a valuation allowance when we believe that a portion or all of the deferred tax assets 
may not be realized. If we are unable to realize the expected future benefits of our deferred tax assets, we are required to 
provide a valuation allowance. We use our past history and experience, overall profitability, future management plans, and 
current economic information to evaluate the amount of valuation allowance to record. As of December 31, 2009, we 
maintained a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets arising from our operations of $2.3million because they did not 
meet the “more likely than not” criteria as defined by the recognition and measurement provisions of Topic 740.  In 
addition, as of December 31, 2009, we had deferred tax assets, after valuation allowance, totaling $5.7 million, which may 
not be realized if our assumptions and estimates change, which would affect our effective income tax rate and cash flows 
in the period of discovery or resolution. 

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue 

We derive revenues from sales of our products, sales of our starter and renewal packs, shipping fees, and 
corporate-sponsored events. Substantially all of our product and pack sales are made to independent associates at 
published wholesale prices. We also sell products to independent members at discounted published retail prices. We 
record revenue net of any sales taxes. We recognize revenue from shipped packs and products upon receipt by the 
customer. We recognize revenue related to future corporate-sponsored events when the event is held. Our deferred revenue 
primarily consists of (i) revenue received from sales of packs and products shipped but not received by the customers at 
period end; and (ii) revenue received from prepaid registration fees from customers planning to attend a future corporate-
sponsored event. At December 31, 2009, total deferred revenue was $2.8 million. Significant changes in our shipping 
methods could result in additional revenue deferrals.  

We have three different product return policies which are described in detail on this Form 10-K in the Item I 
Business section under Associate Distribution System and Product Return Policy. Historically, sales returns estimates 
have not materially deviated from actual sales returns. Based upon our return policies, we estimate a sales return reserve 
for expected sales refunds based on our historical experience over a rolling six-month period. If actual results differ from 
our estimated sales returns reserves due to various factors, the amount of revenue recorded each period could be materially 
affected. Historically, our sales returns have not materially changed through the years as the majority of our customers 
who return their merchandise do so within the first 90 days after the original sale. Sales returns average 1.5% or less of our 
gross sales. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our sales refund reserve and actual returns were as follows (in 
thousands): 

Sales reserve as of December 31, 2008 
Current provision related to sales made in 2009 
Current provision related to sales made prior to 2009 
Actual returns or credits in 2009 related to 2009 
Actual returns or credits in 2009 related to prior periods 
Sales reserve as of December 31, 2009 

  $

  $

719  
3,287  
158  
(2,704 )
(865 )
595  

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation 

We grant stock options to our employees and board members. At the date of grant, we determine the fair value of 
a stock option award and recognize compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting 
period of such stock option award, which is two to four years. The fair value of the stock option award is calculated using 
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, (“calculated fair value”). The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires us to 
apply judgment and use highly subjective assumptions, including expected stock option life, expected volatility, expected 
average risk-free interest rates, and expected forfeiture rates. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our assumptions and 
estimates used for the calculated fair value of stock options granted in 2009 were as follows: 

January
2009
grant   

February
2009 
grant 

March 
2009 
grant 

June 
2009 
grant 

September 
2009 
grant 

December
2009 
grant 

 Estimated fair value per share of options granted: $ 1.24   $ 1.64   $ 1.26 
 Assumptions: 
  Annualized dividend yield 
  Risk-free rate of return 
  Common stock price volatility 

2.85 % 2.27 %   2.87  %
1.53 % 1.69 %   1.72  %
65.9 % 66.6 %   67.6  %

  $

1.44   $ 

2.01 

$

1.63  

2.67 % 
2.69 % 
69.70 % 

1.05 %
2.04 %
70.1 %

1.29 %
2.24 %
70.8 %

Expected average life of stock options (in 

years) 

4.5  

4.5  

4.5 

4.5 

4.5 

4.5  

Historically, our estimates and underlying assumptions have not materially deviated from our actual reported 
results and rates. However, the assumptions we use are based on our best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties 
based on market conditions that are outside of our control. If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions we use, 
the stock-based compensation expense reported in our consolidated financial statements may not be representative of the 
actual economic cost of stock-based compensation. For example, if actual employee forfeitures significantly differ from 
our estimated forfeitures, we may be required to make an adjustment to our consolidated financial statements in future 
periods. As of December 31, 2009, using our current assumptions and estimates, we anticipate recognizing $0.7 million in 
gross compensation expense through 2012 related to unvested stock options outstanding. 

If we grant additional stock options in the future, we would be required to recognize additional compensation 
expense over the vesting period of such stock options in our consolidated statement of operations. Gross compensation 
expense would equal the calculated fair value of such stock options, which is dependent on the assumptions used to 
calculate such fair value, but generally ranges between 34% to 69% of the exercise price multiplied by the number of stock 
options awarded. As of December 31, 2009, we had 364,434 shares available for grant in the future. 

Contingencies and Litigation 

Each quarter, we evaluate the need to establish a reserve for any legal claims or assessments. We base our 

evaluation on our best estimates of the potential liability in such matters. The legal reserve includes an estimated amount 
for any damages and the probability of losing any threatened legal claims or assessments. The legal reserve is developed in 
consultation with our general and outside counsel and is based upon a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. 
Although we believe that our legal reserves and accruals are based on reasonable judgments and estimates, actual results 
could differ, which may expose us to material gains or losses in future periods. If actual results differ, if circumstances 
change, or if we experience an unanticipated adverse outcome of any legal action, including any claim or assessment, we 
would be required to recognize the estimated amount that could reduce net income, earnings per share, and cash flows. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

See “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 2 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements, 

which is incorporated herein by reference. 

56

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

We do not engage in trading market risk sensitive instruments and do not purchase investments as hedges or for 

purposes “other than trading” that are likely to expose us to certain types of market risk, including interest rate, commodity 
price, or equity price risk. Although we have investments, we believe there has been no material change in our exposure to 
interest rate risk. We have not issued any debt instruments, entered into any forward or futures contracts, purchased any 
options, or entered into any swap agreements. 

We are exposed, however, to other market risks, including changes in currency exchange rates as measured 
against the United States dollar. Because the change in value of the United States dollar measured against foreign currency 
may affect our consolidated financial results, changes in foreign currency exchange rates could positively or negatively 
affect our results as expressed in United States dollars. For example, when the United States dollar strengthens against 
foreign currencies in which our products are sold or weakens against foreign currencies in which we may incur costs, our 
consolidated net sales or related costs and expenses could be adversely affected. 

We believe inflation has not had a material impact on our consolidated operations or profitability. We expanded 

into Canada in 1996, into Australia in 1998, into the United Kingdom in 1999, into Japan in 2000, into New Zealand in 
2002, into the Republic of Korea in 2004, into Taiwan and Denmark in 2005, into Germany in 2006, into South Africa and 
Singapore in 2008, and into Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden in September 2009. Our United States location 
processes orders for the United States, Canada, and South Africa. The Australian location processes orders for Australia, 
New Zealand, and Singapore. The United Kingdom location processes orders for the United Kingdom, Denmark, 
Germany, Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. The Japan, Republic of Korea, and Taiwan locations process 
orders for their local markets only. We translate our revenues and expenses in foreign markets using an average rate. 

We maintain policies, procedures, and internal processes in an effort to help monitor any significant market risks 

and we do not use any financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks. We assess the anticipated foreign 
currency working capital requirements of our foreign operations and maintain a portion of our cash and cash equivalents 
denominated in foreign currencies sufficient to satisfy most of these anticipated requirements. 

We caution that we cannot predict with any certainty our future exposure to such currency exchange rate 
fluctuations or the impact, if any, such fluctuations may have on our future business, product pricing, operating expenses, 
and on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, to combat such market risk, we 
closely monitor our exposure to currency fluctuations. The foreign currencies in which we currently have exposure to 
foreign currency exchange rate risk include the currencies of Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, Japan, New 
Zealand, the Republic of Korea, Taiwan, Denmark, Germany, South Africa, Singapore, Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, 
and Sweden. The current (spot) rate, average currency exchange rates, and the low and high of such currency exchange 
rates as compared to the United States dollar, for each of these countries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 
were as follows: 

Country (foreign currency name) 
Australia (Dollar) 
Austria, Germany, the Netherlands (Euro)  
Canada (Dollar) 
Denmark (Krone) 
Japan (Yen) 
New Zealand (Dollar) 
Norway (Krone) 
Republic of Korea (Won) 
Singapore (Dollar) 
South Africa (Rand) 
Sweden (Krona) 
Switzerland (Franc) 
Taiwan (Dollar) 
United Kingdom (British Pound) 

Low 

High 

Average 

Spot 

0.93490  
1.50910  
0.97420  
0.20290  
0.01158  
0.75640  
0.18080  
0.00088  
0.72460  
0.13800  
0.14740  
1.00100  
0.03133  
1.69690  

0.79240  
1.39463  
0.88029  
0.18729  
0.01070  
0.63564  
0.15999  
0.00079  
0.68856  
0.12057  
0.13167  
0.92362  
0.03031  
1.56593  

0.89310
1.43330
0.95320
0.19270
0.01084
0.71770
0.17220
0.00086
0.71170
0.13510
0.13930
0.96360
0.03102
1.59280

0.63180  
1.25440  
0.77510  
0.16860  
0.00992  
0.49490  
0.13900  
0.00064  
0.64370  
0.09531  
0.10860  
0.84170  
0.02846  
1.37340  

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data required by this Item 8 are set forth in Item 15, 

beginning on page F-1 of this report. 

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly Consolidated Statements of Operations data for the periods 

indicated. In our opinion, this information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial 
statements set forth in this report and includes all adjustments that are considered necessary to present fairly this 
information in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The reader should read this information in 
conjunction with “Item 15. – Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes” – beginning on page F-1 of this report. 

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes 
Net income (loss) 
Earnings (loss) per share: 

Mar. 31,
2009 

June 30,
2009 

Sept. 30,
2009 

Dec. 31,
2009(3)   

Mar. 31,
2008 

June 30, 
2008(1) 

Sept. 30,
2008 

Dec. 31,
2008(2) 

(in millions, except per share information) 

  $  70.7   $
  $  25.2   $
(7.0 ) $
  $ 
(2.2 ) $
  $ 
(4.8 ) $
  $ 

77.6   $
18.9   $
(9.6 ) $
(4.1 ) $
(5.5 ) $

71.3   $ 70.1   $
24.1   $ 28.2   $
0.2   $
(7.7 ) $
(1.9 ) $
1.5   $
2.1   $
(9.2 ) $

91.5 $  86.8   $  78.0   $ 76.4  
36.1 $  32.4   $  34.5   $ 31.5  
2.2  
(2.8 ) $  (16.9 )  $ 
1.6  
(6.4 )  $ 
(0.5 ) $ 
0.6  
(2.3 ) $  (10.5 )  $ 

(0.7 ) $
(0.3 ) $
(0.4 ) $

Basic 
Diluted 

  $  (0.18 ) $ (0.21 ) $ (0.35 ) $ 0.08   $ (0.09 ) $  (0.40 )  $  (0.02 ) $ 0.02  
  $  (0.18 ) $ (0.21 ) $ (0.35 ) $ 0.08   $ (0.09 ) $  (0.40 )  $  (0.02 ) $ 0.02  

__________________________________________ 
(1)  We recorded $12.5 million of estimated legal costs related to ongoing litigation matters in the second quarter of 2008. 
(2)  We reversed $5.4 million of estimated legal costs related to the preliminary settlement of litigation matters in the fourth quarter of 2008. 
(3)  We reversed $3.0 million of tax valuation allowance in the fourth quarter of 2009. 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 
Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our management, with the participation of our Co-Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and our 
Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) have concluded, based on their evaluation as of the end of the period 
covered by this report, that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed by us in reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13(a) and 15(d)-15(e)), is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods 
specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and include controls and procedures designed to 
ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in such reports is accumulated and communicated to our 
management, including our principal executive and financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding 
required disclosure. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2009, there were no changes in our internal control over our financial 

reporting that we believe materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over 
financial reporting.  

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of our financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted 
in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes maintaining records that in reasonable 
detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions; providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as 
necessary for preparation of our consolidated financial statements; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and 
expenditures of company assets are made in accordance with management authorization; and providing reasonable 
assurance that unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of company assets that could have a material effect on our 
consolidated financial statements would be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Because of its inherent limitations, 
internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that a misstatement of our 
consolidated financial statements would be prevented or detected. 

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based 
on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009. BDO Seidman, LLP has also audited our internal control over 
financial reporting and its report is included below. 

59

 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Mannatech Incorporated 
Coppell, Texas 

We have audited Mannatech, Incorporated’s and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). The Company’s management is responsible 
for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal 
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Report of Management on Internal Control Over 
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
based on our audit.  

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing 
and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also 
included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and 
procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles, 
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  company’s  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial 
statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In  our  opinion,  Mannatech,  Incorporated  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the COSO criteria.  

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States),  the  consolidated balance  sheet of Mannatech, Incorporated  and  subsidiaries  as  of December  31, 2009  and 2008 
and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for 
each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2009  and  our  report  dated  March  11,  2010  expressed  an 
unqualified opinion thereon.  

/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP 
Dallas, Texas 
March 11, 2010 

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

None. 

PART III 

The information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 of Part III is incorporated by reference to our definitive 

proxy statement to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission no later than April 30, 2010. 

PART IV 

Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a) Documents filed as a part of the report: 

1.(cid:2)Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following financial statements and the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms 

are filed as a part of this report on the pages indicated: 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (loss) for the years 

ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

F-1
F-2
F-3
F-4

F-5
F-6
F-7

2.  Financial Statement Schedule 

The financial statement schedule required by this item is included as an Exhibit to this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K. 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule. 

3.  Exhibit List 

See Index to Exhibits following our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report 

on Form 10-K. 

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated: March 11, 2010 

Dated: March 11, 2010 

  Mannatech, Incorporated 

  By: 

/s/ Stephen D. Fenstermacher 
Stephen D. Fenstermacher  
Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 

  By: 

/s/ Robert A. Sinnott 
Robert A. Sinnott 
Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Science Officer 

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY 

The undersigned directors and officer of Mannatech, Incorporated hereby constitute and appoint Larry Jobe and 

Gerald Gilbert, and each of them, with the power to act without the other and with full power of substitution and 
resubstitution, our true and lawful attorneys-in fact and agents with full power to execute in our name and behalf in the 
capacities indicated below any and all amendments to this report and to file the same, with all exhibits and other 
documents relating thereto and hereby ratify and confirm all that such attorneys-in-fact, or either of them, or their 
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated: 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ Stephen D. Fenstermacher 
Stephen D. Fenstermacher 

  Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 

(principal financial and accounting officer) 

March 11, 2010 

/s/ Robert A. Sinnott 
Robert A. Sinnott 

/s/ J. Stanley Fredrick 
J. Stanley Fredrick 

/s/ Patricia A. Wier 
Patricia A. Wier 

/s/ Alan D. Kennedy 
Alan D. Kennedy 

/s/ Gerald E. Gilbert 
Gerald E. Gilbert 

/s/ Marlin Ray Robbins 
Marlin Ray Robbins 

/s/ Larry A. Jobe 
Larry A. Jobe 

/s/ Robert A. Toth 
Robert A. Toth 

  Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Science Officer  

(principal executive officer) 

March 11, 2010 

Chairman of the Board 

March 11, 2010 

March 11, 2010 

March 11, 2010 

March 11, 2010 

March 11, 2010 

March 11, 2010 

March 11, 2010 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (loss) for the years ended 

December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page
F-2 
F-3 
F-4 
F-5 

F-6 
F-7 

F-1

 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Mannatech Incorporated 
Coppell, Texas  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Mannatech, Incorporated as of December 31, 2009 and 
2008  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  shareholders’  equity  and  comprehensive  income,  and  cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility 
of the Company’s management.   Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our 
audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States).    Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting 
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.  We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of Mannatech, Incorporated and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the results of their operations 
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has adopted FASB Accounting Standards 
Codification Topic 740-10-25 (formerly FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – An 
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109) effective January 1, 2007 and FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 
820,  Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures  (formerly  FASB  Statement  No.  157  Fair  Value  Measurements)  as  of 
January 1, 2008.  

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States),  Mannatech  Incorporated's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2009,  based  on  criteria 
established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 11, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP 
Dallas, Texas 
March 11, 2010 

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANNATECH, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands, except share and per share information) 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

ASSETS 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $16.5 and $23 in 2009 and 2008, respectively 
Income tax receivable 
Inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
Deferred tax assets 

Total current assets 
Property and equipment, net 
Construction in progress 
Long-term restricted cash 
Other assets 
Long-term deferred tax assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current portion of capital leases 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses 
Commissions and incentives payable 
Taxes payable 
Current deferred tax liability 
Deferred revenue 

Total current liabilities 
Capital leases, excluding current portion 
Long-term deferred tax liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies 

Shareholders’ equity: 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 99,000,000 shares authorized, 27,687,882 shares issued and 26,480,788 
shares outstanding in 2009 and 27,667,882 shares issued and 26,460,788 shares outstanding in 2008 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Less treasury stock, at cost, 1,207,094 shares in 2009 and 2008 

Total shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

 $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

December 31, 

2009 

2008 

17,367   $ 30,945  
1,864  
291  
3,531  
31,313  
3,946  
5,632  
77,522  
36,202  
840  
7,579  
1,456  
459  
102,302   $ 124,058  

1,288  
664  
8,075  
31,290  
3,139  
2,662  
64,485  
27,144  
317  
7,201  
2,503  
652  

847   $

11,319  
14,231  
10,624  
2,577  
274  
2,807  
42,679  
1,068  
3,923  
3,348  
51,018  

131  
5,067  
24,324  
11,453  
873  
192  
3,476  
45,516  
155  
6,075  
3,583  
55,329  

—  

—  

3  
3  
41,442  
40,753  
25,743  
44,170  
(1,113 ) 
(1,406 )
(14,791 ) 
(14,791 )
68,729  
51,284  
102,302   $ 124,058  

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANNATECH, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(in thousands, except per share information) 

Net sales 

Cost of sales 
Commissions and incentives 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 

Selling and administrative expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Other operating costs 

Total operating expenses 

Income (loss) from operations 

Interest income 
Other income (expense), net 
Income (loss) before income taxes 

2009 

For the years ended December 31, 
2008 
332,703    
48,564    
149,595    
198,159    
134,544    

$ 289,705   $
46,813  
146,415  
193,228  
96,477  

$

69,997  
12,333  
39,741  
122,071  

(25,594 )  
473  
1,046  
(24,075 )  

81,077    
12,310    
55,656    
149,043    

(14,499 )   
1,604    
(5,303 )   
(18,198 )   

(Provision) benefit for income taxes 

Net income (loss) 

6,707  
$ (17,368 )   $

5,570    
(12,628 )   

Earnings (loss) per common share: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 

Diluted 

$

$

(0.66 )   $

(0.66 )   $

(0.48 )   

(0.48 )   

26,467  

26,467  

26,461    

26,461    

26,443  

26,893  

2007 
412,678  
59,765  
189,067  
248,832  
163,846  

84,298  
10,236  
61,703  
156,237  

7,609  
2,700  
180  
10,489  

(3,895 )
6,594  

0.25  

0.25  

$

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANNATECH, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
(in thousands, except per share information) 

Common Stock
Outstanding 
Par
value  
3  
—  

26,410   $
51  

  Shares   

  Additional
paid in 
capital 
$ 38,941   $

Retained
earnings 
66,393  
—  

Accumulated
other 
comprehensive
income (loss) 
$

  Treasury stock 

  Shares   Amounts   

Total 
shareholders’
equity 

(1,749 ) 1,207   $  (14,791 ) $
—  

—  

—  

Balance at January 1, 2007 

Proceeds from stock options exercised 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock 

options 

Charge related to stock-based 

compensation 

Cumulative impact of a change in 

accounting for income tax 
uncertainties 
pursuant to FIN 48 

Declared dividends of $0.36 per share 
Components of comprehensive income: 

Foreign currency translation 
Pension obligations, net of tax of $8 
Unrealized gain from investments 

classified as available-for-sale, net of 
tax  

Net income 
Total comprehensive income 
Balance at December 31, 2007 

Tax shortfall from expiration of stock 

options 

Charge related to stock-based 

compensation 

Declared dividends of $0.22 per share 
Components of comprehensive loss: 

Foreign currency translation 
Pension obligations, net of tax of $26 
Net loss 
Total comprehensive loss 
Balance at December 31, 2008 

Tax shortfall from expiration of stock 

options 

Proceeds from stock options exercised 
Charge related to stock-based 

compensation 

Declared dividends of $0.04 per share 
Components of comprehensive loss: 

Foreign currency translation 
Pension obligations, net of tax $12 
Net loss 
Total comprehensive loss 
Balance at December 31, 2009 

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

26,461  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  

26,461  

—  
20  

—  
—  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

3  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  

3  

—  
—  

—  
—  

157  

100  

948  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

—  

(845 )
(9,522 )

—  
—  

—  
6,594  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  

613  
12  

1  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

40,146  

62,620  

(1,123 ) 1,207  

  (14,791 )

(120 )

—  

—  

—  

727  
—  

—  
(5,822 )

—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
(12,628 )

—  
—  

(318 )
35  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  

40,753  

44,170  

(1,406 ) 1,207    

(14,791 )  

(13 )
66  

636  
—  

—  
—  

—  
(1,059 )

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(17,368 )

—  
—  

—  
—  

276  
17  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

—  

26,481   $

3  

$ 41,442   $

25,743  

$

(1,113 ) 1,207   $  (14,791 ) $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-5

88,797  
157  

100  

948  

(845 ) 
(9,522 ) 

613  
12  

1  
6,594  
7,220  
86,855  

(120 ) 

727  
(5,822 ) 

(318 ) 
35  
(12,628 ) 
(12,911 ) 
68,729  

(13 ) 
66  

636  
(1,059 ) 

276  
17  
(17,368 ) 
(17,075 ) 
51,284  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
MANNATECH, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

$ (17,368 ) 

$ (12,628 ) 

$

6,594  

For the years ended December 31, 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Depreciation and amortization 
Provision for inventory losses 
Provision for doubtful accounts 
Loss on disposal of assets 
Accounting charge related to stock-based compensation expense 
Deferred income taxes 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable 
Income tax receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
Other assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses  
Taxes payable 
Commissions and incentives payable 
Deferred revenue 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Acquisition of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of assets 
Change in restricted cash 
Sale of investments 
Purchase of investments 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
Proceeds from stock options exercised  
Payment of cash dividends 
Repayment of capital lease obligation  

Net cash used in financing activities  

Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: 

Income taxes received (paid), net 
Interest paid on capital leases 

Summary of non-cash investing and financing activities: 

Assets acquired through capital leases 
Unrealized gains from investments 

12,333  
     1,544  
33  
102  
636  
761  

(405 ) 
(4,525 ) 
(1,198 ) 
2,821  
(1,019 ) 
6,245  
(10,345 ) 
1,643  
(898 ) 
(670 ) 
(10,310 ) 

(2,797 ) 
37  
1,473  
—  
—  
(1,287 ) 

—  
66  
(1,059 ) 
(473 ) 
(1,466 ) 
(515 ) 
(13,578 ) 
30,945  
17,367  

2,441  
50  

2,099  
—  

$

$
$

$
$

12,310  
1,321  
23  
468  
727  
(3,062 ) 

316  
(1,395 ) 
(9,512 ) 
1,927  
(9 ) 
1,407  
(5,947 ) 
(4,901 ) 
362  
(1,295 ) 
(19,888 ) 

(5,614 ) 
3  
(139 ) 
20,350  
(7,400 ) 
7,200  

—  
—  
(5,822 ) 
(115 ) 
(5,937 ) 
2,467  
(16,158 ) 
47,103  
$  30,945  

10,236  
568  
877  
39  
948  
(2,440 ) 

(495 ) 
28  
(337 ) 
(1,730 ) 
(76 ) 
276  
3,028  
2,618  
(4,430 ) 
2,072  
17,776  

(13,409 ) 
—  
(6,854 ) 
12,424  
—  
(7,839 )

100  
157  
(9,522 ) 
(107 ) 
(9,372 )
837  
1,402  
45,701  
$ 47,103  

$  (1,266 ) 
17  
$ 

$ (4,146 ) 
21  
$

$ 
$ 

30  
—  

$
$

37  
1  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANNATECH, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Mannatech, Incorporated (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), located in Coppell, Texas, was 

incorporated in the state of Texas on November 4, 1993 and is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the 
symbol “MTEX”. The Company develops, markets, and sells high-quality, proprietary nutritional supplements, topical and 
skin care products, and weight-management products that are primarily sold to independent associates and members located 
in the United States, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, Japan, New Zealand, the Republic of Korea, Taiwan, 
Denmark, Germany, South Africa, Singapore, Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. 

Independent associates (“associates”) purchase the Company’s products at published wholesale prices to either sell 

to retail customers or consume personally. Members purchase the Company’s products at a discount from published retail 
prices primarily for personal consumption. The Company cannot distinguish its personal consumption sales from its other 
sales because it has no involvement in its products after delivery, other than usual and customary product warranties and 
returns. Only independent associates are eligible to earn commissions and incentives. 

Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements and footnotes include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned 

subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires the use 

of estimates that affect the reported value of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These estimates are based on 
historical experience and various other factors. The Company continually evaluates the information used to make these 
estimates as the business and economic environment changes. Historically, actual results have not varied materially from 
the Company’s estimates and the Company does not currently anticipate a significant change in its assumptions related to 
these estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

The use of estimates is pervasive throughout the consolidated financial statements, but the accounting policies 

and estimates considered to be the most significant are described in this note to the consolidated financial statements, 
Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash 

equivalents. The Company includes in its cash and cash equivalents credit card receivables due from its credit card 
processor, as the cash proceeds from credit card receivables are generally received within 24 to 72 hours. As of December 
31, 2009 and 2008, credit card receivables were $2.8 million and $3.3 million, respectively. Additionally, as of 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, cash and cash equivalents held in bank accounts in foreign countries totaled $10.2 million 
and $18.2 million, respectively. 

Restricted Cash 

The Company is required to restrict cash for (i) direct selling insurance premiums and credit card sales in the 

Republic of Korea; (ii) reserve on credit card sales in United States and Canada; and (iii) Australia building lease 
collateral. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, our total restricted cash was $8.5 million and $9.4 million, respectively. 

Accounts Receivable 

Accounts receivable are carried at their estimated collectible amounts. Receivables are created upon shipment of 

an order if the credit card payment is rejected or does not match the order total. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, 
receivables consisted primarily of amounts due from members and associates. The Company periodically evaluates its 
receivables for collectability based on historical experience, recent account activities, and the length of time receivables 

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
are past due and writes-off receivables when they become uncollectible. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company 
held an allowance for doubtful accounts of less than $0.1 million.  

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization computed using the 

straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of 
the lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to 
expense as incurred. The cost of property and equipment sold or otherwise retired and the related accumulated 
depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in other operating costs in the 
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The estimated useful lives of fixed assets are as follows: 

Office furniture and equipment 
Computer hardware and software 
Automobiles 
Leasehold improvements(1) 
Construction in progress(2) 

Estimated useful life 
5 to 7  years 
3 to 5  years 
3 to 5  years 
2 to 10  years 

___________________ 
(1) We amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the useful estimated life of the leased asset or the lease term. 
(2) Construction in process includes leasehold improvements and internally developed software costs. Once placed in service, leasehold improvements 

will be amortized over the shorter of an asset’s useful life or the remaining lease term. Once the internally-developed software is placed in service, 
it will be amortized over three to five years. 

Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever an event or change in circumstances indicates 

that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. The impairment review includes a 
comparison of future projected cash flows generated by the asset or group of assets with its associated net carrying value. 
If the net carrying value of the asset or group of assets exceeds expected cash flows (undiscounted and without interest 
charges), an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. 

Inventories 

Inventories consist of raw materials, work in progress, finished goods, and promotional materials that are stated at 

the lower of cost or market (using standard costs that approximate average costs). The Company periodically reviews 
inventories for obsolescence and any inventories identified as obsolete are reserved or written off. 

Other Assets 

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, other assets of $2.5 million and $1.5 million primarily consisted of deposits 

for building leases in various locations and certain intangible assets. 

Commissions and Incentives 

Independent associates earn commissions and incentives based on their direct and indirect commissionable net 
sales over 13 business periods. Each business period equals 28 days. The Company accrues commissions and incentives 
when earned by independent associates and pays commissions on product sales three weeks following the business period 
end and pays commissions on its pack sales five weeks following the business period end. 

Other Long-Term Liabilities 

In August 2003, the Company entered into a Long-Term Post-Employment Royalty Agreement with 
Dr. Bill McAnalley, the Company’s former Chief Science Officer, pursuant to which the Company is required to pay 
Dr. McAnalley, or his heirs, royalties for ten years beginning September 2005 through August 2015. Quarterly payments 
related to this Long-Term Post-Employment Royalty Agreement are based on certain applicable annual global product 
sales by the Company in excess of $105.4 million. At the time the Company entered into this Long-Term Post-
Employment Royalty Agreement, it was considered a post-employment benefit and the Company was required to measure 
and accrue the present value of the estimated future royalty payments related to the post-employment royalty benefit and 

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
recognize it over the life of Dr. McAnalley’s employment agreement, which was two years. As of December 31, 2009, the 
Company’s liability related to this royalty agreement was $1.6 million, of which $0.3 million was currently due and 
included in accrued expenses. 

Certain operating leases for the Company’s regional office facilities contain a restoration clause that requires the 

Company to restore the premises to its original condition. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, accrued restoration costs 
related to these leases amounted to $0.4 million. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company also recorded a long-term 
liability for an estimated deferred benefit obligation related to a deferred benefit plan for its Japan operations of $0.8 
million. 

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts 
of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those 
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change 
in tax rates is recognized as income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company evaluates the probability 
of realizing the future benefits of its deferred tax assets and provides a valuation allowance for the portion of any deferred 
tax assets where the likelihood of realizing an income tax benefit in the future does not meet the more likely than not 
criterion for recognition. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company’s revenue is derived from sales of its products, sales of its starter and renewal packs, and shipping 
fees. Substantially all of the Company’s product and pack sales are made to independent associates at published wholesale 
prices and to members at discounted published retail prices. The Company records revenue net of any sales taxes and 
records a reserve for expected sales returns based on its historical experience. 

The Company recognizes revenue from shipped packs and products upon receipt by the customer. Corporate-

sponsored event revenue is recognized when the event is held. The Company defers certain components of its revenue. At 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s deferred revenue was $2.8 million and $3.5 million, respectively, and 
consisted primarily of revenue received from: (i) sales of packs and products shipped but not received by the customers by 
period end; and (ii) prepaid registration fees from customers planning to attend a future corporate-sponsored event.  

We estimate a sales return reserve for expected sales refunds based on our historical experience over a rolling six- 

month period. If actual results differ from our estimated sales returns reserves due to various factors, the amount of 
revenue recorded each period could be materially affected. Historically, our sales returns have not materially changed 
through the years as the majority of our customers return their merchandise within the first 90 days after the original sale. 
Sales returns average 1.5% or less of our gross sales. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, our sales refund 
reserve and actual returns were as follows (in thousands): 

Sales reserve as of January 1 
Provision related to sales made in current year 
Provision related to sales made in prior periods 
Actual returns or credits related to current year 
Actual returns or credits related to prior periods 
Sales reserve as of December 31 

Shipping and Handling Costs 

2009 

2008 

719  
3,287  
158  
(2,704 ) 
(865 ) 
595  

$ 

$ 

572  
4,339  
359  
(3,625 )
(926 )
719  

$

$

The Company records freight and shipping fees collected from its customers as revenue. The Company records 

inbound freight as a component of inventory and cost of sales and records shipping and handling costs associated with 
shipping products to its customers as selling and administrative expenses. Total shipping and handling costs included in 
selling and administrative expenses were approximately $14 million, $15.1 million, and $18.8 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. 

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advertising Costs 

The Company expenses advertising and promotions in selling and administrative expenses when incurred. 
Advertising and promotional expenses were approximately $8 million, $8.6 million, and $11.5 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Educational and promotional items, called sales aids, are sold to 
independent associates to assist in their sales efforts and are generally included in inventories and charged to cost of sales 
when sold. 

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company currently has one active stock-based compensation plan, which was approved by its shareholders 

at its 2008 Annual Shareholder’s meeting held on June 18, 2008. The Company generally grants stock options to its 
employees, consultants, and board members with an exercise price equal to the closing price of its common stock on the 
date of grant with a term no greater than 10 years. Generally, stock options vest over two or three years. Incentive stock 
options granted to shareholders who own 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding stock are granted at an exercise 
price that may not be less than 110% of the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and have a 
term no greater than five years. At the date of grant, the Company determines the fair value of the stock option award and 
recognizes compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. The 
fair value of the stock option award is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. 

Research and Development Costs 

The Company expenses research and development costs when incurred. Research and development costs related 
to new product development, enhancement of existing products, clinical studies and trials, Food and Drug Administration 
compliance studies, general supplies, internal salaries, third-party contractors, and consulting fees were approximately 
$4.1 million, $5.0 million, and $6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Salaries 
and contract labor are included in selling and administrative expenses and all other research and development costs are 
included in other operating costs. 

Software Development Costs 

The Company capitalizes qualifying internal payroll and external contracting and consulting costs related to the 

development of internal use software that are incurred during the application development stage, which includes design of 
the software configuration and interfaces, coding, installation, and testing. Costs incurred during the preliminary project 
along with post-implementation stages of internal use software are expensed as incurred. The Company amortizes such 
costs over the estimated useful life of the software, which is three to five years once the software has been placed in 
service. 

Concentration Risk 

A significant portion of the Company’s revenue is derived from core Ambrotose® complex products, which 
include the Ambrotose® products and Advanced Ambrotose® products. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 
2007, revenue from the core Ambrotose® products accounted for 31.4%, 35.9%, and 38.1% of the Company’s 
consolidated net sales, respectively. 

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally 
of cash and cash equivalents, investments, receivables, and restricted cash. The Company utilizes financial institutions that 
the Company considers to be of high credit quality. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, time 

deposits, investments, receivables,  payables, and accrued expenses, approximate their carrying values due to their 
relatively short maturities. See Note 3 (“Fair Value”) for more information. 

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from 

transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources and includes all changes in equity during a period 
except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. The Company’s comprehensive income 
(loss) consists of the Company’s net income (loss), foreign currency translation adjustments from its Japan, Republic of 
Korea, Taiwan, Norway, and Sweden operations, and changes in the pension obligation for its Japanese employees. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The United States dollar is the functional currency for the majority of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. As a 

result, nonmonetary assets and liabilities are translated at their approximate historical rates, monetary assets and liabilities 
are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year, and revenues and expenses are translated at weighted-
average exchange rates for the year. Transaction gains (losses) totaled approximately $1.1 million, $(5.2) million, and $0.2 
million, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, and are included in other income (expense), 
net in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

The local currency is the functional currency of our subsidiaries in Japan, Republic of Korea, Taiwan, Norway, 

and Sweden. These subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars at exchange rates existing at 
the balance sheet dates, revenues and expenses are translated at weighted-average exchange rates, and shareholders’ equity 
and intercompany balances are translated at historical exchange rates. The foreign currency translation adjustment is 
recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and is included in accumulated other comprehensive income 
(loss). 

NOTE 2: RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13, “Revenue Recognition—Multiple 

Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”). ASU 2009-13 updates the existing multiple-element revenue 
arrangements guidance currently included in FASB ASC 605-25. The revised guidance provides for two significant 
changes to the existing multiple element revenue arrangements guidance. The first change relates to the determination of 
when the individual deliverables included in a multiple-element arrangement may be treated as separate units of 
accounting. The second change modifies the manner in which the transaction consideration is allocated across the 
separately identified deliverables. The revised guidance also expands the disclosures required for multiple-element 
revenue arrangements. The revised multiple-element revenue arrangements guidance will be effective for the first annual 
reporting period beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 is not expected to have a material 
impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. 

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) approved the “FASB Accounting Standards 

Codification” (“Codification”, “FASB ASC”) as the single source of authoritative generally accepted accounting 
principles (GAAP) and created a new Topic 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, in the General Principles and 
Objective Section of the Codification. Topic 105 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 
2009, and its adoption did not have an impact on our financial condition or results of operations. 

In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC Topic 855, “Subsequent Events”, which establishes general standards of 
accounting for disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or 
available to be issued. In February 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance to Topic 855 which no longer requires that 
an SEC filer discloses the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. The amended guidance did not 
change the requirement to evaluate subsequent events through the filing dates. The adoption of the new guidance did not 
have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures. 

In January 2009, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Release No. 33-9002, “Interactive Data to 

Improve Financial Reporting.” The final rule requires companies to provide their financial statements and financial 
statement schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission in interactive data format using the eXtensible Business 
Reporting Language (“XBRL”). The rule was adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission to improve the ability 
of financial statement users to access and analyze financial data. The Securities and Exchange Commission adopted a 
phase-in schedule indicating when registrants must furnish interactive data. Under this schedule, the Company will be 
required to submit filings with financial statement information using XBRL commencing with our June 30, 2011 quarterly 
report on Form 10-Q. We are furnishing financial information in XBRL format starting with quarterly report on  

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009. As an earlier XBRL adopter, the Company may choose to 
discontinue furnishing XBRL data in the future until the required compliance date of June 30, 2011. 

NOTE 3: FAIR VALUE 

The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial assets and to 

determine fair value disclosures. 

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Topic of the FASB ASC establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires 

the use of observable market data, when available, and prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair 
value in the following categories: 

•  Level 1—Quoted unadjusted prices for identical instruments in active markets. 

•  Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar 
instruments in markets that are not active and model-derived valuations in which all observable inputs and 
significant value drivers are observable in active markets. 

•  Level 3—Model derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are 
unobservable, including assumptions developed by the Company. 

The primary objective of the Company’s investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing yields 

without significantly increasing risk. The investment instruments held by the Company are money market funds and interest 
bearing deposits for which quoted market prices are readily available. The Company considers these highly liquid 
investments to be cash equivalents. These investments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they 
are valued based on quoted market prices in active markets. The table below presents the recorded amount of financial 
assets measured at fair value (in thousands) on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009. The Company does not have any 
material financial liabilities that were required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2009. 

Assets 
Money Market Funds – Fidelity, US 
Interest bearing deposits – various banks, Korea 

Total assets 

Amounts included in: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Long-term restricted cash 

Total 

NOTE 4: INVENTORIES 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

$

$

$

$

3,266
6,309
9,575

3,313
6,262
9,575

$

$

$

$

— $ 
—
— $ 

— $ 
—  
— $ 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

$

$

$

$

3,266
6,309
9,575

3,313
6,262
9,575

Inventories consist of raw materials, work in progress, and finished goods, including promotional materials. The 

Company provides an allowance for any slow-moving or obsolete inventories. Inventories as of December 31, 2009 and 
2008, consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Raw materials 
Finished goods 
Inventory reserves for obsolescence 

$

$

2009 

2008 

10,819  
21,844  
(1,373 )  
31,290  

$ 

$ 

13,715  
18,275  
(677 ) 
31,313  

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 5: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT 

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Office furniture and equipment 
Computer hardware 
Computer software 
Automobiles 
Leasehold improvements 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 
Property and equipment, net 
Construction in process 

2009 
10,944  
14,324  
46,901  
115  
11,726  
84,010  
(56,866 ) 
27,144  
317  
27,461  

$

$

2008 
10,951  
13,947  
44,927  
128  
11,886  
81,839  
(45,637 )
36,202  
840  
37,042  

$

$

At December 31, 2009, construction in progress consisted of $0.3 million for in-process leasehold improvements 

for its corporate facility and capitalized software costs of less than $0.1 million. At December 31, 2008, construction in 
progress consisted of capitalized software costs of $0.5 million and $0.3 million for in-process leasehold improvements for 
its corporate facility. 

NOTE 6: CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS 

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the net book value of leased assets was $0.4 million for equipment leased 

under seven non-cancelable capital leases. The future minimum lease payments (in thousands) are as follows: 

2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
Total future minimum lease payments 
Less: Amounts representing interest (effective interest rate 4.2%) 
Present value of minimum lease payments 
Current portion of capital lease obligations 
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations 

NOTE 7: ACCRUED EXPENSES 

$

913   
774   
331   
2   
2,020   
(105  ) 
1,915   
(847  ) 
$ 1,068   

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Accrued inventory purchases 
Accrued compensation 
Accrued royalties 
Accrued sales and other taxes 
Other accrued operating expenses 
Customer deposits and sales returns 
Accrued travel expenses related to corporate events 
Fixed asset purchases 
Accrued legal and accounting fees  

F-13

2009 

2008 

  $

  $

2,562  
2,579  
362  
425  
4,255  
607  
892  
185  
2,364  
14,231  

$

$

3,069
3,841
387
1,448
4,273
729
1,181
409
8,987
24,324

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 8: INCOME TAXES 

The components of the Company’s income (loss) before income taxes are attributable to the following 

jurisdictions for the years ended December 31 (in thousands): 

United States 
Foreign 

2009 
(23,945 ) 
(130 ) 
(24,075 ) 

$

$

2008 
(20,297 )   
2,099  
(18,198 )   

$

$

2007 

1,747  
8,742  
10,489  

$ 

$ 

The components of the Company’s income tax provision (benefit) for the years ended December 31 are as 

follows (in thousands): 

Current provision (benefit): 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Federal  
State  
Foreign  

Deferred provision (benefit): 

Federal  
State  
Foreign 

$

$

(8,521 ) 
(1 ) 
886  
(7,636 )

269  
140  
520  
929  
(6,707 )

$

$

(3,876 )   
(95 )   

1,583  
(2,388 )   

(2,411 )   
(299 )   
(472 )   
(3,182 )   
(5,570 )   

$

$

3,022  
362  
2,995  
6,379  

(2,494 )
(182 )
192  
(2,484 )
3,895  

A reconciliation of the Company’s effective income tax rate and the United States federal statutory income tax 

rate is summarized as follows, for the years ended December 31: 

Federal statutory income taxes 
State income taxes, net of federal benefit 
Difference in foreign and United States tax on foreign operations 
Effect of changes in valuation allowance for net operating loss carryforwards 
Effect of change in uncertain tax positions (net)
Other 

2009 
35.0 % 
1.6  
(3.0 ) 
(7.2 ) 
0.9  
0.6  
27.9 % 

2008 
35.0 %  
0.4  
(0.6 ) 
(1.1 ) 
5.5  
(8.6 ) 
30.6 %  

2007 
35.0 %
1.6  
(0.6 ) 
(3.1 ) 
1.1  
3.1  
37.1 %

For 2009, the Company’s effective income tax rate was lower than what would be expected if the federal 
statutory income tax rate were applied to income before taxes primarily because of increases in the valuation allowance for 
deferred tax assets and favorable differences from foreign operations. For 2008, the Company’s effective income tax rate 
was lower than what would be expected if the federal statutory income tax rate were applied to income before income 
taxes primarily because of favorable differences from foreign operations. The tax rate difference for 2007 was primarily 
due to unfavorable permanent items from foreign operations. 

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets 

and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of 
the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets: 
Current: 

Deferred revenue 
Inventory capitalization 
Inventory reserves 
Accrued expenses 
Net operating loss 
Other 

Total current deferred tax assets 

Noncurrent: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Net operating loss(1) 
Deferred royalty 
Non-cash accounting charges related to stock options and warrants 

Accrued expenses 

Other 

Total noncurrent deferred tax assets 

Total deferred tax assets 
Valuation allowance 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Current: 

Prepaid expenses 
Other 

Total current deferred tax liabilities 

Noncurrent: 

Internally-developed software 
Depreciation and amortization 
Other 

Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

2009 

2008 

$ 

1  
428  
314  
  1,953  
  —  
  1,123  
  3,819  

  —  
  2,049  
746  
519  
191  
744  
  4,249  
  8,068  
 (2,290 ) 
$  5,778  

$

63  
554  
128  
4,314  
152  
1,407  
6,618  

—  
932  
904  
386  
28  
156  
2,406  
9,024  
(932 ) 
$ 8,092  

670  
$ 
  1,124  
  1,794  

$

789  
406  
1,195  

  2,873  
  1,994  
  —  
  4,867  
$  6,661  

7,038  
35  
—  
7,073  
$ 8,268  

___________________________________________ 

(1) The net operating loss for the Company will expire as follows: Taiwan $0.9 million between the years 2016 and 2020; United States (states) $0.6 
million between years 2015 and 2030; Switzerland $0.5 million in 2016; and the remainder split between Norway and Sweden does not expire. 

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s valuation allowance was $2.3 million and $0.9 million, 
respectively. Topic 740 requires that a valuation allowance be established when the “more likely than not” criterion that 
all or a portion of net deferred tax assets will not be realized. A review of all positive and negative evidence of realizability 
must be considered in determining the need for a valuation allowance. Furthermore, the weight given to the potential 
effect of such evidence should be commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. 

In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company reversed a valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets as a 
result of new tax legislation that allowed the carry back of net operating losses for five years instead of two. This reversal 
resulted in an increase in tax benefit of approximately $3.0 million for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2009. 

The valuation allowances presented below (in millions) at December 31, 2009 and 2008, represented a reserve 
against the Company’s net deferred tax asset the Company believed the “more likely than not” criterion for recognition 
purposes could not be met. 

Country 

Switzerland 
Taiwan(1) 
United States 
Total 

2009 
0.3 
0.9 
1.1 
2.3 

$

$

2008 
0.0 
0.9 
0.0 
0.9 

  $

  $

_________________________ 
(1) The 2009 valuation allowance for Taiwan was adjusted to reflect the tax rate change effective for 2010.  Without the rate change, the Taiwan valuation 

allowance would have been $1.1 million. 

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company did not record a provision for any United States or foreign 
withholding taxes on its undistributed earnings related to its foreign subsidiaries because it is the intention of the Company 
to reinvest its undistributed earnings indefinitely in its foreign operations. Generally, such earnings become subject to 
United States income tax upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. At December 31, 2009, 
it is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability on such undistributed earnings. 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) are classified in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets of December 

31 as follows (in thousands): 

Current deferred tax assets 
Noncurrent deferred tax assets 
Current deferred tax liabilities 
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax liabilities 

2009 

2,662    
652    
(274 )   
(3,923 )   
(883 )   

  $

  $

2008 

5,632  
459  
(192 )
(6,075 )
(176 )

$

$

On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN 48, which was codified into Topic 740, which prescribes a 

comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements, 
uncertain tax positions that it has taken or expects to take on a tax return. Topic 740 requires that a company recognize in 
its financial statements the impact of tax positions that meet a “more likely than not” threshold, based on the technical 
merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured 
based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As of 
December 31, 2009, the Company recorded $0.2 million in other long-term liabilities related to uncertain income tax 
positions and income tax reserves associated with various audits. At December 31, 2009, the Company had gross tax-
affected unrecognized tax benefits of $0.2 million that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. The Company 
recognizes penalties and interest charges related to unrecognized tax benefits in current tax expense. During the year 
ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded a reduction of $0.5 million due to expiration of statutes. A 
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows, for the years ended 
December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands): 

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1 
Additions for tax positions related to the current year 
Additions for tax positions of prior years 
Reductions of tax positions of prior years 
Balance as of December 31 

2009 

596    
31    
72    
(521 )  
178    

$

$

2008 

1,592  
17  
254  
(1,267 )
596  

$

$

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign 

jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2009, the tax years that remained subject to examination by a major tax jurisdiction for 
the Company’s most significant subsidiaries were as follows: 

Jurisdiction 
Japan 
Republic of Korea 
United States 
Switzerland 
Taiwan 

Open Years 
2004-2009 
2005-2009 
2004-2009 
2008-2009 
2005-2009 

The Company does not anticipate a decrease in the unrecognized income tax benefits in 2010 due to the closure 

of tax years by expiration of the statute of limitations. Any decrease may have a favorable impact on the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. 

NOTE 9: TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES AND AFFILIATES 

Agreement with J. Stanley Fredrick 

In November 2003, the Company entered into a Lock-Up Agreement whereby the Company agreed to pay Mr. J. 
Stanley Fredrick, the Company’s Chairman of the Board and a major shareholder, $185,000 per year for his agreement not 
to sell or transfer his shares to an outside party unless approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. On March 6, 2009, 
the Lock-up Agreement was terminated by mutual agreement of the Company and Mr. Fredrick. As of December 31, 2009 
and 2008, Mr. Fredrick beneficially owned 3,150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  

Transactions involving Samuel Caster 

Mr. Caster, the Company’s founder, major stockholder, and former Chairman of the Board, founded MannaRelief 

in 1999 and served as its Chairman from 1999 through August 2007. MannaRelief is a 501(c)(3) charitable organization 
that provides charitable services for children. 

Historically, the Company has made cash donations to MannaRelief, sold products to MannaRelief at cost plus 

shipping and handling charges, and shipped products purchased by MannaRelief to its chosen recipients. In addition, 
certain Company employees and consultants periodically volunteer to work or host various fund raising projects and 
events for MannaRelief at no cost to MannaRelief. The Company has made cash donations and sold products to 
MannaRelief as follows: 

Sold Products 
Contributed Cash Donations 

2009 

$ 0.7 million 
$ 0.3 million 

2008 
$ 0.8 million 
$ 0.8 million 

2007 
$ 1.0 million 
$ 0.9 million 

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In July 2007, the Texas Attorney General filed suit against the Company, MannaRelief Ministries, Samuel L. 

Caster, the Fisher Institute, and H. Reginald McDaniel alleging violations of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act and 
the Texas Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. On February 26, 2009, we reached an agreement with the Texas Attorney 
General’s office settling the enforcement action. Mr. Caster, who resigned as Chairman on January 30, 2009, also entered 
into an agreed settlement on February 26, 2009 with the Attorney General’s Office settling the enforcement action against 
him. As part of that agreed judgment, Mr. Caster, without admitting any wrongdoing or violations of Texas law, has agreed 
to pay a fine of $1 million, and is enjoined from serving as an officer, director, or employee of the Company for a period of 
five years; provided, however, Mr. Caster is not prohibited by this settlement from acting as an independent consultant to 
the Company and that he comply with the terms of the settlement between the Company and the Texas Attorney General, 
including that he report directly to the Company’s CEO. Pursuant to the requirements of the Company’s articles of 
incorporation and bylaws, the Company has agreed to indemnify Mr. Caster for the amount of the fine and for any other 
expenses relating to this matter. 

On March 17, 2009, the Company entered into a Consulting Agreement with Salinda Enterprises, LLC (“Salinda”) 
for the consulting services of Mr. Caster who is an employee of Salinda. Pursuant to the terms of the Consulting Agreement, 
the Company will pay Mr. Caster $650,000 a year for consulting services mutually agreed upon by the Company and Mr. 
Caster. The Consulting Agreement has a term of one year and may be renewed by the Company upon 60 days’ notice to 
Salinda before the expiration of the then current term. 

Certain Transactions with Ray Robbins 

Mr. Ray Robbins is a member of the Company’s Board of Directors and a major shareholder. Mr. Robbins holds 

positions in the Company’s associate global downline network marketing system. The Company pays commissions and 
incentives to its independent associates and during 2009, 2008, and 2007, the Company paid commissions and incentives 
to Mr. Robbins totaling $3.4 million, $3.4 million, and $3.8 million, respectively. In addition, several of Mr. Robbins’ 
family members are independent associates and were paid associate commissions and earned aggregate incentives of 
approximately $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.6 million for 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. All commissions and 
incentives paid to Mr. Robbins and his family members were paid in accordance with the Company’s global associate 
career and compensation plan. 

NOTE 10: EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

Employee Retirement Plan 

Effective May 9, 1997, the Company adopted a Defined Contribution 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan (the “401(k) 
Plan”) for its United States employees. The 401(k) Plan covers all full-time employees who have completed three months 
of service and attained the age of twenty-one. United States employees can contribute up to 100 percent of their annual 
compensation but are limited to the maximum annual dollar amount allowable under the Internal Revenue Code. The 
401(k) plan permits matching and discretionary employer contributions, although in response to adverse market conditions 
the Company suspended the matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan in the first quarter of 2009. The Company’s 
matching contributions for its United States employees vest ratably over a five-year period. During the years ended 
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company contributed approximately $0.4 million, and $0.5 million, respectively, to the 
401(k) Plan for matching contributions.  

The Company also sponsors a non-U.S. defined benefit plan covering its employees in its Japan subsidiary (“the 

Benefit Plan”). Pension benefits under the Benefit Plan are based on years of service and annual salary. The Company 
utilizes actuarial methods. Inherent in the application of these actuarial methods are key assumptions, including, but not 
limited to, discount rates and expected long-term rates of return on plan assets. Changes in the related Benefit Plan costs 
may occur in the future due to changes in the underlying assumptions, changes in the number and composition of plan 
participants, and changes in the level of benefits provided. The Company uses a measurement date of December 31 to 
evaluate and record any post-retirement benefits related to the Benefit Plan. 

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected Benefit Obligation and Fair Value of Plan Assets 

The Benefit Plan’s projected benefit obligation and valuation of plan assets are as follows for the years ended 

December 31 (in thousands): 

Projected benefit obligation: 

Balance, beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Liability (gains) and losses 
Benefits paid to participants 
Foreign currency 
Balance, end of year 

Plan assets: 

Fair value, beginning of year 
Company contributions 
Benefits paid to participants 
Fair value, end of year 

2009 

2008 

  $

  $

  $

  $

792  
196  
18  
(23 ) 
(123 ) 
(14 ) 
846  

—  
123  
(123 ) 
—  

$

$

$

$

553  
194  
16  
(56 ) 
(50 ) 
135  
792  

—  
50  
(50 ) 
—  

Funded status of the Benefit Plan as of December 31 (in thousands): 
Benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 
Excess of benefit obligation over fair value of plan assets

2009 
(846 ) 
—  
(846 ) 

$

$

2008 

$

$

(792 )
—  
(792 )

Amounts recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of, 

as of December 31 (in thousands): 
Accrued benefit liability 
Transition obligation 
Net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets
Non-current liabilities 

2009 
(865 ) 
19  
(846 ) 
(846 ) 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2008

(783 )
(9 )
(792 )
(792 )

$

$
$

Other changes recognized in other comprehensive income/loss (in thousands)  
Net periodic cost 
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations
Current year actuarial gain 
Current year prior service benefit 
Amortization of actuarial gain 
Amortization of transition obligation 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income 
Total 

  $

  $

Years Ended December 31, 

2009 

219    
—    
(23 )  
—    
—    
(5 )  
(28 )  
191    

2008 
215  
$ 
  —  
(56 ) 
  —  
  —  
(5 ) 
(61 ) 
154  

$ 

2007 
$ 157  
—  
(17 ) 
—  
—  
(4 ) 
(21 ) 
$ 136  

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in accumulated other 
comprehensive gain/loss (in thousands): 
Net actuarial gain/loss 
Transition obligation 
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss 

2010 estimated amounts amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income/loss, 
net into net periodic cost (in thousands) 
Transition obligation 

Aggregate Benefit Plan information and accumulated benefit obligation in excess 

of plan assets (in thousands): 
Projected benefit obligation 
Accumulated benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 

As of December 31, 

2009 
79 
(60) 
19 

$

$

2008 
57 
(66) 
(9) 

$

$

$ (5 )

As of December 31,

2009 

2008 

$ 

$

846  
491  
—  

792  
476  
—  

The weighted-average assumptions to determine the benefit obligation and net cost are as follows: 

Discount rate 
Rate of increase in compensation levels 

Components of Expense 

2009 
2.25 %   
3.0 %   

2008
2.5 % 
3.0 % 

Pension expense for the Benefit Plan is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and is comprised of the following for the years ended December 31 (in thousands): 

Service cost 
Interest cost  
Amortization of transition obligation 
Amortization of unrecognized loss 
Total pension expense 

Estimated Benefits and Contributions 

2009

2008 

2007

$

$

196  
18  
5  
—  
219  

$ 

$ 

194  
16  
5  
—  
215  

$

$

142  
11  
4  
—  
157  

The Company expects to contribute approximately $5,000 to the plan in 2010. As of December 31, 2009, benefits 

expected to be paid by the Benefit Plan for the next ten years is approximately as follows (in thousands): 

2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
Next five years 
Total expected benefits to be paid 

F-20

$

$

5
8
10
11
12
237
283

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 11: STOCK OPTION PLAN 

Summary of Stock Plan 

The Company currently has one active stock-based compensation plan, which was approved by its shareholders. 
The Company generally grants stock options to its employees, consultants, and board members at the fair market value of 
its common stock, on the date of grant, with a term no greater than ten years. The stock options generally vest over two or 
three years. Shareholders who own 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding stock are granted incentive stock options 
at an exercise price that may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date 
of grant and have a term no greater than five years. 

In February 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors approved its 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”), 
which reserves, for issuance of stock options and restricted stock to its employees, board members, and consultants, up to 
1,000,000 shares of its common stock plus any shares reserved under the Company’s then-existing, unexpired stock plan 
for which options had not yet been issued plus any shares underlying outstanding options under the then-existing stock 
option plan that terminate without having been exercised in full. The 2008 Plan was approved by the Company’s 
shareholders at its 2008 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 18, 2008. As of December 31, 2009, the 2008 Plan 
had 364,434 stock options available for grant before the plan expires on February 20, 2018. 

A summary of changes in stock options outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2009, is as follows: 

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 
Outstanding at end of year 
Options exercisable at year end 

2009 

Number of 
Options 
(in thousands)

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

1,570  
520  
(20 ) 
(531 ) 
1,539  
994  

$
$
$
$
$
$

6.22  
3.15  
2.63  
6.67  
5.07  
5.96  

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual 
life 
(in years) 

Aggregate 
intrinsic 
value (in 
thousands) 

6.2 
4.6 

$296 
$211 

The Company generally issues new shares upon the exercise of options. Options exercised during the years ended 

December 31, 2009 had a total intrinsic value, calculated as the difference between the exercise date stock price and the 
exercise price of the option, of approximately less than $0.1 million. 

Valuation and Expense Information Under FASB ASC Topic 718 Compensation – Stock Compensation 

Under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718, the Company is required to measure and recognize compensation 

expense related to any outstanding and unvested stock options previously granted, and thereafter recognize, in its 
consolidated financial statements, compensation expense related to any new stock options granted after implementation 
using a calculated fair-value based option-pricing model. 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the fair value of all of its stock options 

and its assumptions are based on historical information. The following assumptions were used to calculate the 
compensation expense and the calculated fair value of stock options granted each year: 

Dividend yield: 
Risk-free interest rate: 
Expected market price volatility: 
Average expected life of stock options: 

2009 

2008 

2007 

3.2 — 6.1  %   2.3 — 4.9 % 
 1.05 — 2.87 %  
1.8 — 3.6  %   4.2 — 4.7 % 
1.53 — 2.7 %  
  65.9 — 70.8 %   59.8 — 63.8  %   67.7 — 68.3 % 

4.5 years 

4.5 years 

4.5 years 

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The computation of the expected volatility assumption used in the Black-Scholes calculations for new grants is 

based on historical volatilities of the Company’s stock. The expected life assumptions are based on the Company’s 
historical employee exercise and forfeiture behavior. 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2009, 
2008, and 2007 was $1.56, $1.74, and $4.39 per share, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the years 
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $0.6 million, $0.7 million, and $0.9 million, respectively. 

The Company recorded the following amounts related to the expense of the fair values of options during the years 

ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 (in thousands): 

Selling, general and administrative expenses and income (loss) from operations before 

income taxes 

(Provision) Benefit for income taxes 
Effect on net income (loss) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$ 

$ 

636   $  706   $ 1,060
325
134  
(79 )
735
502   $  785   $

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had approximately $0.7 million of total unrecognized compensation 

expense related to stock options currently outstanding, to be recognized in future years, ending December 31,  
as follows (in millions): 

2010 
2011 
2012 

Total gross unrecognized
compensation expense 
$ 0.4 
0.2 
0.1 
$ 0.7 

Total tax benefit associated 
with unrecognized 
compensation expense 
$ 0.1 
0.1 
— 
$ 0.2 

Total net 
unrecognized 
compensation expense
$  0.3   
  0.1   
  0.1   
$  0.5   

NOTE 12: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Operating Leases 

The Company leases certain office space, automobiles, computer hardware, and warehouse equipment under 

various noncancelable operating leases. Some of these leases have renewal options. All of the Company’s leases expire at 
various times through March 2017. The Company also leases equipment under various month-to-month cancelable 
operating leases. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, total rent expense was approximately $4.0 million and 
$4.1 million. 

Approximate future minimum rental commitments for non-cancelable operating leases (in millions) are as 

follows: 

Years ending December 31, 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 

$

$

2.9
1.5
1.3
1.2
0.8
1.8
9.5

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase Commitments 

The Company maintains supply agreements with its suppliers and manufacturers. Some of the supply agreements 

contain exclusivity clauses and/or minimum annual purchase requirements. Purchase agreements with suppliers that 
contain minimum purchase clauses are as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

In May 2008, the Company entered into a supply agreement with Marinova PTY Limited to purchase raw 
materials used in its products through 2012. On August 13, 2009, the Company terminated the contract for an 
asserted breach. Pursuant to the terms of the contract, the parties are currently engaged in the arbitration 
process. 

In January 2006, the Company entered into a five-year supply agreement with Larex, Inc. to exclusively 
purchase Arabinogalactan, an important component used in the formulation of its Ambrotose® complex. In 
order to retain exclusive rights to purchase Arabinogalactan, the Company is required to purchase a 
minimum monthly quantity over the five year agreement. As of December 31, 2009, the Company is required 
to purchase an aggregate of $0.6 million through 2010. 

In March 2006, the Company entered into a ten-year supply agreement to purchase plant-derived mineral 
nutrition products from InB:Biotechnologies, Inc. As of December 31, 2009, the Company is required to 
purchase an aggregate of $6.7 million through 2016. 

In June of 2008, the Company entered into a three-year supply agreement with Improve U.S.A. to purchase 
an aloe vera powder. As of December 31, 2009, under the terms of the agreement, the Company is required 
to purchase an aggregate of $6.4 million through 2011. 

Royalty and Consulting Agreements 

In 2001, the Company entered into a royalty agreement with a high level associate and shareholder, whereby the 

Company agreed to pay royalties totaling $1.6 million related to the sale of certain sales aids developed by the associate 
and sold by the Company. Pursuant to this royalty agreement, the Company has paid an aggregate of $1.4 million through 
December 31, 2009, of which approximately $0.1 million was paid each of the years 2009 and 2008 and $0.2 was paid in 
2007. 

The Company also utilizes royalty agreements with individuals and entities to provide compensation for items 

such as reprints of articles or speeches relating to the Company, sales of promotional videos featuring sports personalities, 
and promotional efforts used by the Company for product sales or attracting new associates. The Company paid royalties 
for such royalty agreements of approximately $0.3 million in 2009 and 2008, and $0.5 million in 2007. 

Employment Agreements 

The Company has non-cancellable employment agreements with certain executives. If the employment 

relationships were terminated with these executives, as of December 31, 2009, the Company would continue to be 
indebted to the executives for $1.7 million, payable through 2011. 

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 13: LITIGATION 

Securities Class Action Lawsuits 

Beginning in the third quarter of 2005, the Company was sued in three purported securities class actions, which 

were consolidated into a single cause of action styled Jonathan Crowell, et al. v. Mannatech, et al., and transferred to the 
United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, No. 3:07-cv-00238-K, as disclosed in the Company’s 
previous filings. These lawsuits remained pending at December 31, 2008. The consolidated complaint alleged violations of 
Sections 10(b), Rule 10b-5 and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act through alleged artificial inflation of the value of the 
Company’s stock by knowingly allowing independent contractors to recklessly misrepresent the efficacy of the 
Company’s products during the purported class period. Without admitting any liability or wrongdoing of any kind, the 
Company entered into a settlement with the Lead Plaintiffs resolving all claims in the litigation, and agreed to authorize 
payment to the plaintiff class of $11.25 million. The Company paid $2.27 million in cash as part of the settlement, and the 
remainder was funded by our insurer. 

Preliminary approval of the settlement was granted by the Court on December 12, 2008. 

On March 10, 2009, the court granted final approval for the settlement and entered a final judgment.  

Shareholder Derivative Lawsuits 

Five purported derivative actions have also been brought by shareholders on the Company’s behalf against certain 
current and former directors, as disclosed in the Company’s previous filings. Two purported derivative actions were filed 
by shareholders Norma Middleton and Frances Nystrom on October 18, 2005 and January 13, 2006, respectively, in the 
United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas. In addition, three purported derivative actions were brought 
by shareholders Kelly Schrimpf, Duncan Gardner, and Frances Nystrom on January 11, 2006, April 25, 2007, and July 23, 
2007, respectively, in the 44th and 162nd Judicial District Court of Dallas County, Texas. All five actions remained 
pending at December 31, 2008, but have since been settled with entry of final judgement or orders of dismissal. 

The first three derivative lawsuits made allegations similar to the allegations of the shareholder class action litigation 
described above. The last two derivative lawsuits made allegations with regard to our funding of various research projects. 
The Company’s Special Litigation Committee of the Board of Directors reviewed the allegations contained in each of the 
five derivative lawsuits and determined that they should be dismissed or compromised. 

On June 13, 2008, the Company announced that it had reached a final settlement with all derivative plaintiffs. This 
settlement  resolves  all  the  claims  in  each  of  the  five  pending  derivative  lawsuits.  Without  admitting  any  liability  or 
wrongdoing  of  any  kind,  the  Company  has  implemented,  or  agreed  to  implement  certain,  and  has  implemented,  the 
following items identified as corporate governance changes in the settlement:  

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

(v) 

(vi) 

(vii) 

the revision of the Company’s policies and procedures regarding associate conduct; 

the engagement of Cyveillance to conduct website monitoring for compliance with the Company’s 
policies and procedures; 

the establishment of the Company’s Compliance Committee of the board of directors;  

the posting of the Company’s Code of Ethics and Business Code of Conduct and committee charters 
for its Compliance, Audit, Compensation and Stock Option Plan, Nominating and Governance and 
Science Committees on the Company’s website;  

the requirement that the Company’s general counsel report periodically to the Compliance 
Committee regarding the Company’s internet website monitoring results;  

the increase of additional legal and compliance staff to address compliance matters; and 

the appointment of director Professor Robert Blattberg, a qualified, independent director with no 
prior affiliations with the Company, who has since resigned from his position as director. 

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company also agreed to cover the derivative plaintiffs’ counsels’ fees and expenses up to a sum of 

$850,000. This settlement payment would be funded by the Company’s insurer. Preliminary approval of the 
settlement was given on October 2, 2008, and notice of the settlement was subsequently distributed to shareholders. 
On January 13, 2009, the federal court held a hearing and granted final approval of the settlement and judgment 
dismissing the Middleton and Nystrom federal derivative actions. Pursuant to the settlement, the second Nystrom 
action was dismissed on January 13, 2009, the Gardner action was dismissed on February 2, 2009, and the Schrimpf 
action was dismissed on February 3, 2009 by the respective Texas state court.  

Texas Attorney General’s Lawsuit 

The Company was sued in an enforcement action by the Texas Attorney General’s Office on July 5, 2007 in the 

353rd Judicial District Court of Travis County, Texas. In that lawsuit, the State of Texas sued the Company, MannaRelief 
Ministries, Samuel L. Caster, the Fisher Institute, and Reginald McDaniel for alleged violations of the Texas Food, Drug, 
and Cosmetic Act and the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act. The allegations, consistent with the allegations made by 
the securities class action and derivative plaintiffs, primarily concerned the marketing of our products by our independent 
associates.  

After extended negotiations, the Company announced that it reached a settlement on February 26, 2009 with the 
Attorney General’s Office regarding the enforcement action. Without admitting any wrongdoing or violations of Texas 
law, the Company agreed to refund up to $4 million to members only who purchased Mannatech Company products 
between September 1, 2002 and August 1, 2007, and to pay $2 million to cover fees and expenses of Texas regulators. The 
settlement does not include any fine or penalty against Mannatech the Company. The settlement is reflected in our Agreed 
Final Judgment that was entered by the court on February 26, 2009.  

As part of the agreed settlement, Mannatech the Company and its agents are enjoined from any future violations of 

certain provisions of the Texas Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act. The 
Company also implemented certain corporate governance changes required by the Texas Attorney General’s Office, and 
have agreed to implement certain additional changes policies and programs to provide for comprehensive monitoring and 
compliance regarding representations, advertisement, and labeling of our its products and the research associated with 
those products, including the following:  

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

the designation of a corporate level Compliance Officer with oversight over (A) anonymous 
reporting of compliance violations, (B) responding to compliance-related questions from 
employees, members and associates, and (C) reviewing and disciplining associates for compliance 
violations;  

the disclosure of its policies and procedures and monitoring and compliance program to all 
employees, associates and members; 

the monitoring of employees, associates and members for compliance of (A) employee and 
associate websites used to advertise or promote Company products, (B) meetings held by employees 
and associates used to advertise or promote Mannatech products, and (C) employee and associate 
promotional materials not created by the Company; and 
mandatory investigation of reported compliance violations and termination of employees, members 
or associates for making claims that Company products can treat, cure, mitigate or prevent any 
disease unless such claim is de minimus and isolated.  

In addition, the Company has agreed to implement certain policies regarding the relationship between Mannatech 
and its relationship with MannaRelief Ministries and the conduct of Mannatech-sponsored events and web sites, including: 
(i) prohibitions on Company officers, directors, employees and associates serving as officers, directors or employees of 
MannaRelief; (ii) prohibitions on employees or associates using MannaRelief in any deceptive or misleading manner in 
connection with the promotion of Company products; and (iii) prohibitions on MannaRelief engaging in any prohibited 
conduct at Company events. 

The Company also agreed to implement certain policies regarding the conduct of Company-sponsored events and 

websites, including prohibitions on conduct that would imply that Company products cure, treat, mitigate or prevent any 
disease. The Company has also agreed to make certain periodic reports to the Texas Attorneys General’s Office regarding 
the implementation and results of the changes made pursuant to the agreed judgment.  

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Caster, who resigned as Chairman on January 30, 2009, also entered into an agreed settlement on February 

26, 2009 with the Attorney General’s Office settling the enforcement action against him. As part of that agreed judgment, 
Mr. Caster, without admitting any wrongdoing or violations of Texas law, has agreed to pay a fine of $1 million, and is 
enjoined from serving as an officer, director, or employee of Mannatech the Company for a period of five years; provided, 
however, Mr. Caster is not prohibited by his settlement from acting as an independent consultant to the Company provided 
that he comply with the terms of the settlement between the Company and the Texas Attorney General, including that he 
report directly to the Company’s CEO. Pursuant to the requirements of the Company’s articles of incorporation and 
bylaws, the Company has agreed to indemnify Mr. Caster for the amount of the fine and for any other expenses relating to 
this matter. 

Patent Infringement Litigation 

The Company currently has no patent infringement suits on file, after successfully obtaining final judgments and 

injunctions against the defendants in the following two cases. 

In Mannatech, Inc. v. K.Y.C. Inc. d/b/a Techmedica Health Inc., Triton Nutra, Inc., IonX Holdings, Inc., and John 
Does 1-30, No. 3:06-CV-0471-BD, United States District Court, Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division, the Company 
obtained a final judgment and permanent injunction against Techmedica Health, Inc. and IonX Holdings, Inc. The suit 
alleged defendants infringe United States Patent Nos. 6,929,807, 7,157,431, 7,196,064, 7,199,104, and 7,202,220, all 
entitled “Compositions of Plant Carbohydrates as Dietary Supplements,” and sought to stop the manufacture, offer, and 
sale of defendants’ infringing glyconutritional products. 

After extensive discovery and claim construction on the patents-in-suit, the parties recently agreed to settle this 

case and, pursuant to their agreement, United States District Judge Solis entered a Final Judgment and Permanent 
Injunction. The final judgment includes findings that Mannatech’s patents are “valid and enforceable” and infringed by 
Techmedica and IonX. The final judgment also includes a broad injunction which prohibits Techmedica and IonX from 
“making, using, offering to sell, selling, or otherwise distributing within the United States, or importing into the United 
States, infringing products, which include the current formulations of Activive®, Candidol®, Claritose®, Lupazol®, 
Nutratose®, Respitrol®, Rhumatol®, Synaptol® and Viratrol®, as well as any other products that infringe the patents in 
suit” and further awards Mannatech damages of $250,000. 

On July 15, 2009, the Company filed a patent infringement lawsuit entitled Mannatech, Inc. v. Boston Mountain 
Laboratories, Inc., Green Life, LLC, and Xiong Lo, No. 3:09-CV-01324-G, United States District Court, Northern District 
of Texas, Dallas Division, alleging the defendants manufacture and sell the glyconutrient products sold by Techmedica 
Health, Inc. and IonX Holdings, Inc., and therefore infringe United States Patent Nos. 6,929,807, 7,157,431, 7,196,064, 
7,199,104, and 7,202,220, all entitled “Compositions of Plant Carbohydrates as Dietary Supplements.” On September 23, 
2009, the Court granted a joint motion for entry of final judgment and permanent injunction, entering judgment for the 
Company and against Boston Mountain Laboratories, Inc. The Final Judgment and Permanent Injunction enjoins Boston 
Mountain Laboratories for the duration of the patents-in-suit from (1) manufacturing or selling BML Glyconutrient 
Formula, Glyco-8, Glycoessentials, Glyco-Essence, Glyconutrients, MG-3, and MG-3c (the “Enjoined Products”); (2) 
inducing infringement of the patents-in-suit; or (3) supplying or causing to be supplied in or from the United States all or a 
substantial portion of the components of the Enjoined Products.  

After Green Life, LLC and Xiong Lo failed to answer the Company’s Complaint, on September 30, 2009, the 

Deputy Clerk of Court entered default against Green Life and Mr. Lo. On December 14, 2009, the Court entered Default 
Judgment against Green Life and Mr. Lo, entering the same injunction secured against Boston Mountain. 

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Arbitration and Litigation 

On December 10, 2009, Marinova Pty. Limited (“Marinova”), a company duly organized and operating under the 

laws of Australia, filed a Notice of Arbitration and Statement of Claim with the International Centre for Dispute 
Resolution, which is a division of the American Arbitration Association, against Mannatech Incorporated and Mannatech 
(International) Limited (collectively, “Mannatech”). Marinova’s claims stem from the parties’ April 27, 2007 Purchase 
Agreement, which was entered into between Marinova and Mannatech (International) Limited and executed by Marinova 
and Mannatech, Incorporated. Through the Purchase Agreement, Marinova agreed to sell and Mannatech agreed to buy set 
quantities of glyconutrient powder that Mannatech uses in the manufacturing of some its products. Marinova claims that 
Mannatech breached the Purchase Agreement by not buying certain quantities of Marinova’s product. Marinova 
alternatively claims that Mannatech, Incorporated tortiously interfered with the Purchase Agreement. Finally, Marinova 
claims that Mannatech, Incorporated made fraudulent representations to Marinova upon which Marinova claims it relied in 
executing the Purchase Agreement. Marinova claims that Mannatech’s actions have caused Marinova over $5,000,000 in 
damages, as well as attorneys’ fees and costs. 

On January 15, 2010, Mannatech filed its Answering Statement and Counterclaims, through which Mannatech 

asserted affirmative defenses in response to Marinova’s claims, including that Marinova’s own actions or omissions 
contributed to or caused Marinova’s alleged injury. Mannatech also filed a counterclaim for breach of contract, through 
which Mannatech alleges that Marinova sold Mannatech non-conforming powder and then refused to reimburse 
Mannatech the amount it paid for the non-conforming powder, thereby breaching the Purchase Agreement. Mannatech 
further alleges that Marinova separately breached the Purchase Agreement by marketing its powder to one or more of 
Mannatech’s competitors in violation of an amendment to the Purchase Agreement’s exclusivity clause. Finally, 
Mannatech requested declaratory judgments from the arbitration panel, including a judgment that Mannatech is not 
obligated to purchase any additional product from Marinova because Marinova breached the Purchase Agreement. 
Mannatech is seeking damages in the amount it paid for the non-conforming product, which is approximately $600,000, as 
well as damages from Marinova’s breach of the parties’ exclusivity agreement, attorneys’ fees, and costs. 

The parties have not yet picked an arbitration panel, no arbitration date is currently set, and no discovery has 

commenced. Mannatech intends to vigorously prosecute the case. 

Litigation in General 

The Company has several pending claims incurred in the normal course of business. In the Company’s opinion, 

such claims can be resolved without any material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of 
operations, or cash flows. 

The Company maintains certain liability insurance; however, certain costs of defending lawsuits, such as those 

below the insurance deductible amount, are not covered by or only partially covered by its insurance policies, or its 
insurance carriers could refuse to cover certain of these claims in whole or in part. The Company accrues costs to defend 
itself from litigation as it is incurred or as it becomes determinable. 

The outcome of litigation may not be assured, and despite management’s views of the merits of any litigation, or 

the reasonableness of the Company’s estimates and reserves, the Company’s financial statements could nonetheless be 
materially affected by an adverse judgment. The Company believes it has adequately reserved for the contingencies arising 
from the above legal matters where an outcome was deemed to be probable, and the loss amount could be reasonably 
estimated. While it is not possible to predict with certainty what liability or damages the Company might incur in 
connection with any of the above-described lawsuits, based on the advice of counsel and a management review of the 
existing facts and circumstances related to these lawsuits, the Company has accrued $1.5 million as of December 31, 2009 
for these matters, which is included in accrued expenses in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 14: SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Preferred Stock 

On April 8, 1998, the Company amended its Articles of Incorporation to reduce the number of authorized shares 

of common stock from 100.0 million to 99.0 million and the Company authorized 1.0 million shares of preferred stock 
with a par value of $0.01 per share. No shares of preferred stock have ever been issued or outstanding. 

Treasury Stock 

On June 30, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase, in the open market, 

up to 5% of its outstanding shares, or approximately 1.3 million shares, of its common stock to help manage any dilutive 
effects of its common stock in the open market. On August 28, 2006, a second program permitting the Company to 
purchase, in the open market, up to $20 million of its outstanding shares was approved by our Board of Directors. As of 
December 31, 2009, the Company had repurchased the following number of shares of its common stock in the open market: 

Month purchased 
May 2005 
September 2005 
October 2005 
May 2006 
June 2006 
July 2006 
August 2006 
Total 

Number of common shares 
purchased in the open market 
190,850 
182,626 
207,023 
73,955 
253,289 
144,840 
68,861 
1,121,444 

Approximate 
cost
$ 3.0 million 
2.0 million 
2.0 million 
1.0 million 
3.0 million 
2.0 million 
1.0 million 
$ 14.0 million

Average price paid 
per share 
$ 15.71 
$ 10.95 
$ 9.66 
$ 13.52 
$ 11.84 
$ 13.81 
$ 14.52 
$ 12.48 

As of December 31, 2009, the maximum number of shares available for repurchase under the June 2004 plan, 

previously approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, was 196,124. The Company is also authorized to purchase up 
to $20 million of its outstanding common stock, in the open market, under its August 2006 program. 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net, which is displayed in the Consolidated Statement of 

Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (loss), represents net income (loss) plus the results of certain 
shareholders’ equity changes not reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Such items include unrealized 
gains/losses from investments, foreign currency translation, and certain pension and postretirement benefit obligations. 

The after-tax components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), are as follows (in thousands): 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation   
$

Pension 
Postretirement 
Benefit 
Obligation 
$

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss), Net 
$ 

(1,704 ) 
613  
(1,091 ) 
(318 ) 
(1,409 ) 
276  
(1,133 ) 

(44 ) 
12  
(32 ) 
35  
3  
17  
20  

$

$

$ 

(1,749 )
626  
(1,123 )
(283 )
(1,406 )
293  
(1,113 )

Balance as of December 31, 2006 
Current-period change 
Balance as of December 31, 2007 
Current-period change 
Balance as of December 31, 2008 
Current-period change 
Balance as of December 31, 2009 

Unrealized 
Gain (Loss) 
From 
Investments 
$

(1 ) 
1  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 15: EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE 

Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share (“EPS”) calculations are based on the calculated weighted-average number of 

the Company’s common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS calculations are based on the calculated 
weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during each period. 

The following data shows the amounts used in computing the Company’s EPS and their effect on the Company’s 

weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents for the years ended December 31, 
2009, 2008 and 2007. For 2009, approximately 1.4 million of the Company’s common stock options were excluded from 
its diluted EPS calculation using average close price of $3.39 per share, as their effect was anti-dilutive. For 2008, 
approximately 1.3 million of the Company’s common stock options were excluded from its diluted EPS calculation using 
average close price of $5.37 per share, as their effect was anti-dilutive. For 2007, approximately 0.4 million of the 
Company’s common stock options were excluded from its diluted EPS calculation using an average close price of $11.60 
per share, as their effect was anti-dilutive. The amounts are rounded to the nearest thousands, except per share amounts. 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Income/Loss 
(Numerator)  

Shares 
(Denominator)  

Per 
Share
Amount)

Income 
(Numerator)

Shares 
(Denominator)

Per 
Share
Amount

Income 
(Numerator)  

Shares 
(Denominator)

Per 
Share
Amount

Basic EPS: 
Net income (loss) 

available to 
common  
shareholders 
Effect of dilutive 
securities –  

Stock options 
Stock warrants(1) 

Diluted EPS: 
Net income (loss) 

$ 

(17,368 )

26,467   $ 

(0.66 ) $ 

(12,628 )

26,461 $ (0.48 ) $

6,594  

26,443 $

0.25

—  

—  

—  

  —  

—  

  —  

—  

—  

—

—

—  

—  

—  

—  

354

96

—

—

available to 
common 
shareholders plus 
assumed 
conversions 

$ 

(17,368 )

26,467   $ 

 (0.66 ) $ 

(12,628 )

26,461 $  (0.48 ) $

6,594  

26,893 $

0.25

_________________________ 
(1)    In 2001, as part of a separation agreement, the Company granted an officer 213,333 stock warrants for common stock at exercise prices ranging from 

$1.75 to $4.00 per share. The stock warrants vested immediately and expired on February 28, 2008. 

The Company’s quarterly cash dividends were $0.02 per share for the first and second quarters of 2009. In the 
third quarter of 2009, the Board of Directors suspended the quarterly cash dividend payment to shareholders due to the 
recent company financial performance, protracted worldwide economic recession, and the internal funding needs 
of new initiatives designed to accelerate sales and associate recruitment of the Company. The Company’s quarterly cash 
dividends were $0.09 per share for the first and second quarters of 2008 and $0.02 per share for the third and fourth 
quarters of 2008. The Company paid $0.09 per share in quarterly cash dividends in 2007. The dividend policy is 
periodically re-evaluated based on consolidated results of operations, financial position, cash requirements, and other 
relevant factors. 

NOTE 16: SEGMENT INFORMATION 

The Company conducts its business as a single operating segment, consolidating all of its business units into a 

single reportable entity, as a seller of proprietary nutritional supplements, topical and skin care products, and weight-
management products through its network marketing distribution channels operating in sixteen countries. Each of the 
Company’s business units sells similar packs and products and possesses similar economic characteristics, such as selling 
prices and gross margins. In each country, the Company markets its products and pays commissions and incentives in 
similar market environments. The Company’s management reviews its financial information by country and focuses its 
internal reporting and analysis of revenues by packs and product sales. The Company sells its products through its 
independent associates and distributes its products through similar distribution channels in each country. No single 
independent associate has ever accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated net sales. 

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company operates in eight physical locations and sells product in sixteen different countries around the 

world. The eight physical locations are the United States, Canada, Switzerland, Australia, the United Kingdom, Japan, the 
Republic of Korea (South Korea), and Taiwan. Each of the Company’s physical locations services different geographic 
areas. The United States location processes orders for the United States, Canada, and South Africa. The Canadian location 
provides administrative support to the Canadian market and acts as a meeting location for independent associates. The 
Australian location processes orders for Australia, New Zealand, and Singapore. The Company’s United Kingdom 
location processes orders for the United Kingdom, Denmark, Germany, Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. 
The Japan, Republic of Korea, and Taiwan locations process orders for their local markets only. The Company’s 
Switzerland office manages certain day-to-day business needs of non-North American markets and coordinates the 
Company’s continued global expansion. 

By country of operation, consolidated net sales shipped to customers in these locations, along with pack and 

product information for the years ended December 31, are as follows (in millions, except percentages): 

United States 
Japan 
Republic of Korea 
Canada 
Australia 
South Africa(1) 
Taiwan 
New Zealand 
Germany 
United Kingdom 
Denmark 
Singapore(2) 
Austria(3) 
The Netherlands(3) 
Norway(3) 
Sweden(3) 
Totals 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$ 

140.7  
42.0  
26.4  
23.0  
22.9  
13.2  
6.6  
4.3  
3.2  
3.3  
1.6  
1.5  
0.3  
0.2  
0.3  
0.2  
$     289.7  

48.6 %   
14.5 %   
9.1 %   
7.9 %   
7.9 %   
4.6 %   
2.3 %   
1.5 %   
1.1 %   
1.0 %   
0.6 %   
0.5 %   
0.1 %   
0.1 %   
0.1 %   
0.1 %   
  100 %  

$

$

176.9  
44.8  
35.7  
23.6  
26.1  
5.5  
5.2  
5.2  
3.8  
4.7  
1.2  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
332.7  

53.1 %   
13.5 %   
10.7 %   
7.1 %   
7.8 %   
1.7 %   
1.6 %   
1.6 %   
1.1 %   
1.4 %   
0.4 %   
— %   
— %   
— %   
— %   
— %   
100 %  

59.2 %
$  244.5  
10.3 %
  42.3  
10.7 %
  44.0  
6.6 %
  27.4  
  29.4  
7.1 %
  —   — %
1.3 %
1.7 %
1.1 %
1.6 %
0.4 %
  —   — %
  —   — %
  —   — %
  —   — %
  —   — %
100 %
$  412.7  

5.4  
6.9  
4.6  
6.7  
1.5  

__________________________________ 
(1) South Africa began operations in May 2008. 
(2) Singapore began operations in November 2008. 
(3) Austria, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden began operations in September 2009. 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Consolidated product sales 
Consolidated pack sales 
Consolidated other, including freight* 
Total 
____________________________ 
* In April 2007, the Company began operating its new Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) System, which allowed it to separately quantify deferred 

260.5  
57.7  
14.5  
332.7  

213.9  
62.1  
13.7  
289.7  

316.9
79.0
16.8
412.7

$ 

$ 

$

$

$

$

revenue associated with sales of packs and products that were shipped but not yet received by customers. As a result, in April 2007, the Company began 
recording deferred revenue related to packs with pack sales and deferred revenue associated with products with product sales. For the three months 
ended March 31, 2007, other sales included $1.9 million related to the change in deferred revenue for packs and products shipped but not yet received 
by customers, rather than in the applicable pack or product sales category. 

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-lived assets, which include property and equipment and construction in progress for the Company and its 

subsidiaries, as of December 31, reside in the following countries, as follows (in millions): 

Country 
Australia  
Canada 
Japan  
Republic of Korea 
Switzerland 
Taiwan 
United Kingdom  
United States  

2009 

2008 

$

$

0.3  
0.1  
0.3  
0.6  
0.5  
0.1  
0.1  
25.5  
27.5  

$

$

0.3
—  
0.2
0.8
0.7
0.1
0.1
34.8
37.0

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

Incorporated by Reference 

Exhibit 
Number 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

10.1 

10.2 
10.3 
10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

Exhibit Description 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Mannatech, dated

Form 

File No. 

Exhibit (s) 

Filing Date 

May 19, 1998. 

S-1 

333-63133 

3.1 

October 28, 1998 

Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of Mannatech, dated August 8,

2001 (Corrected). 

10-K 

000-24657 

3.2 

March 16, 2007 

First Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of 

Mannatech, effective November 30, 2007. 

8-K 

000-24657 

3.1 

December 6, 2007 

Specimen Certificate representing Mannatech’s common stock, par 

value $0.0001 per share.  

S-1 

333-63133 

4.1 

October 28, 1998 

Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan, dated August 7, 

2004. 

10-K 

000-24657 

10.1  March 15, 2004 

Amended and Restated 1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated 

August 7, 2004. 

Amended and Restated 2000 Option Plan, dated August 7, 2004. 
2008 Stock Incentive Plan. 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Mannatech and each 

member of the Board of Directors of Mannatech Korea Ltd., dated 
March 3, 2004. 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Mannatech, and its 

10-K 
10-K 
DEF 14A 

000-24657 
000-24657 
000-24657  Appendix B April 29, 2008 

10.1  March 15, 2004 
10.1  March 15, 2004 

10-Q 

000-24657 

10.2 

August 9, 2004 

Board of Directors, dated September 10, 1998. 

S-1 

333-63133 

10.8 

September 10, 1998 

Commercial Lease Agreement between Mannatech and MEPC 

Quorum Properties II Inc., dated November 7, 1996, as amended by
the First Amendment thereto dated May 29, 1997 and the Second 
Amendment thereto dated November 13, 1997. 

Second Amendment to the Commercial Lease Agreement between 

Mannatech and Texas Dugan Limited Partnership, dated September
22, 2005. 

Commercial Lease Agreement between Mannatech and MEPC 

Quorum Properties II Inc., dated May 29, 1997 as amended by the 
First Amendment thereto dated November 6, 1997. 

Third Amendment to the Commercial Lease Agreement between 

Mannatech and Texas Dugan Limited Partnership, dated September
22, 2005. 

Trademark License and Supply Agreement between Mannatech and 
Carrington Laboratories, Inc., dated January 25, 2007. (Portions 
of this exhibit were omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment 
request submitted pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Exchange Act.) 
Supply Agreement between Mannatech (International) Limited and 
Marinova Pty. Limited, effective August 9, 2007 and dated May 7,
2007, (Portions of this exhibit were omitted pursuant to a 
confidential treatment request submitted pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of
the Exchange Act). 

Amendment to Purchase Agreement between 

Mannatech and Marinova PTY, Limited, dated 
May 6, 2008 (Portions of this exhibit were omitted 
pursuant to a confidential treatment request submitted 
pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Exchange Act). 

Purchase Agreement between Mannatech and Larex, Inc., dated 

January 1, 2006. (Portions of this exhibit were omitted pursuant to a
confidential treatment request submitted pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of
the Exchange Act.) 

Purchase Agreement between Mannatech and Wellness Enterprises, 

LLC, dated February 1, 2006. (Portions of this exhibit were omitted
pursuant to a confidential treatment request submitted pursuant to 
Rule 24b-2 of the Exchange Act.) 

S-1 

333-63133 

10.13 

September 10, 1998 

10-Q 

000-24657 

10.1 

November 9, 2005 

S-1 

333-63133 

10.14 

September 10, 1998 

10-Q 

000-24657 

10.2 

November 9, 2005 

8-K 

000-24657 

10.1 

January 31, 2007 

10-Q 

000-24657 

10.3  May 10, 2007 

10-Q 

000-24657 

10.4 

August 11, 2008 

10-K 

000-24657 

10.18  March 16, 2006 

10-K 

000-24657 

10.19  March 16, 2006 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

10.34 

10.35 

10.36 

10.37 

10.38 

Exhibit Description 
Supply Agreement between Mannatech and Coradji PTY. Limited,
dated March 29, 2004. (Portions of this exhibit were omitted 
pursuant to a confidential treatment request submitted pursuant to
Rule 24b-2 of the Exchange Act.) 

Supply License Agreement between Mannatech and 

InB:Biotechnologies, Inc., dated March 22, 2006. (Portions of this
exhibit were omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request
submitted pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Exchange Act.) 

Initial Commercial Supply and Manufacturing Agreement between
Mannatech and Fine Chemetics, Inc., dated March 29, 2006. 
(Portions of this exhibit were omitted pursuant to a confidential 
treatment request submitted pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the 
Exchange Act.) 

Supply Agreement between Mannatech, Incorporated, and Improve
U.S.A., Inc., effective June 1, 2008, and executed May 2, 2008. 
(Portions of this exhibit were omitted pursuant to a confidential 
treatment request submitted pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the 
Exchange Act.) 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Terry L. 

Persinger and Mannatech, dated June 16, 2008. 

Employment Agreement between Robert A. Sinnott, Ph.D. and 

Mannatech, dated October 5, 2007. 

Employment Agreement between Mannatech and Mr. Samuel L. 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form 

File No. 

Exhibit (s) 

Filing Date 

10-Q/A 

000-24657 

10.1  March 29, 2005 

10-Q 

000-24657 

10.2  May 10, 2006 

10-Q 

000-24657 

10.3  May 10, 2006 

8-K 

8-K 

8-K 

000-24657 

10.1  May 8, 2008 

000-24657 

10.1 

June 20, 2008 

000-24657 

10.3 

October 11, 2007 

Caster, dated January 23, 2006. 

10-K 

000-24657 

10.32  March 16, 2006 

Employment Agreement between Stephen D. Fenstermacher and 

Mannatech, dated October 5, 2007. 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement between 
Stephen D. Fenstermacher and Mannatech, dated  
December 18, 2008. 

Employment Agreement between Terence L. O’Day and 

Mannatech, 
dated October 5, 2007. 

Employment Agreement between B. Keith Clark and Mannatech, 

dated October 5, 2007. 

Employment Agreement between Wayne L. Badovinus and 

Mannatech, dated June 4, 2008. 

Employment Agreement between Terri F. Maxwell 

and Mannatech, dated August 28, 2008. 

Lock-up Agreement between Mannatech and J. Stanley Fredrick, 

8-K 

000-24657 

10.2 

October 11, 2007 

10-K 

000-24657 

10.24  March 12, 2009 

8-K 

8-K 

8-K 

8-K 

000-24657 

10.1 

October 11, 2007 

000-24657 

10.4 

October 11, 2007 

000-24657 

10.1 

June 9, 2008 

000-24657 

10.1 

September 2, 2008 

dated November 6, 2003. 

10-K 

000-24657 

10.36  March 15, 2004 

Termination of Lock-up Agreement between Mannatech and 

J. Stanley Fredrick, dated March 6, 2009. 

Follow-Up Agreement to Letter of Intent Agreement between 

Mannatech and Jett, dated September 10, 2001. 

Letter of Understanding between Mannatech and Dr. John Axford,

dated April 19, 2006. 

Extension of the Letter of Spokesperson Arrangement between 
Mannatech and Dr. John Axford, dated February 18, 2007. 
Employment Agreement between Alfredo Bala and Mannatech, 

effective October 1, 2007, dated September 18, 2007. 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Alfredo Bala and

Mannatech, dated October 11, 2007. 

Clinical Research Agreement dated January 3, 2007 by and between
St. George’s Hospital Medical School (trading as St George’s, 
University of London), and Mannatech, Inc. 

Employment Agreement, effective March 2, 2009, by and between 

Mannatech and Randy S. Bancino. 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 

16, 2009, by and between Mannatech and Randy S. Bancino. 

8-K 

000-24657 

10.1  March 10, 2009 

10-Q 

000-24657 

10.4 

November 14, 2001 

8-K 

8-K 

8-K 

8-K 

000-24657 

99.1 

April 21, 2006 

000-24657 
000-24657 

99.1 

February 21, 2007 

10.1 

September 24, 2007

000-24657 

10.1 

October 17, 2007 

10-K 

000-24657 

10.39  March 17,2008 

8-K 

8-K 

000-24657 

10.1  March 6, 2009 

000-24657 

10.4 

December 18, 2009 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.39 

10.40 

10.41 

10.42 

10.43 
14.1 
21* 
23.1* 

23.2* 

24* 

31.1* 

31.2* 

32.1* 

32.2* 

Exhibit Description 
Consulting Agreement, dated March 17, 2009, between Mannatech, 

Salinda Enterprises, LLC and Samuel L. Caster. 

Separation and Release Agreement, dated July 17, 2009 between 

Mannatech and Terri F. Maxwell. 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of 

December 16, 2009, by and between Mannatech and Stephen D. 
Fenstermacher. 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of 

December 16, 2009, by and between Mannatech and Robert A. 
Sinnott, Ph.D. 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of 

December 16, 2009, by and between Mannatech and B. Keith 
Clark. 

Code of Ethics. 
List of Subsidiaries. 
Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP. 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on 

Financial Statement Schedule. 

Power of Attorney, which is included on the signature page of this 

annual report on Form 10-K. 

Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002, of the Co-Chief Executive Officer of Mannatech. 

Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002, of the Co-Chief Financial Officer of Mannatech. 

Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002, of the Co-Chief Executive Officer of Mannatech. 

Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002, of the Co-Chief Financial Officer of Mannatech. 

Financial Statement schedule regarding Valuation and Qualifying 

Accounts. 
99.3* 
101.INS**  XBRL Instance Document 
101.SCH**  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
101.CAL**  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 
101.LAB**  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 
101.PRE**  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 
101.DEF**  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form 

File No. 

Exhibit (s) 

Filing Date 

8-K 

8-K 

000-24657 

10.1  March 19, 2009 

000-24657 

10.1 

July 21, 2009 

8-K 

000-24657 

10.1 

December 18, 2009 

8-K 

000-24657 

10.2 

December 18, 2009 

8-K 
10-K 
∗
∗

000-24657 
000-24657 
∗
∗

∗

∗

∗

∗

∗

∗

∗
** 
** 
** 
** 
** 
** 

∗

∗

∗

∗

∗

∗

∗
** 
** 
** 
** 
** 
** 

10.3 
14.1  March 16, 2007 

December 18, 2009 

∗ 
∗ 

∗ 

∗ 

∗ 

∗ 

∗ 

∗ 

∗ 
** 
** 
** 
** 
** 
** 

∗
∗

∗

∗

∗

∗

∗

∗

∗
** 
** 
** 
** 
** 
** 

_____________ 
*  Filed herewith. 
** Furnished herewith. In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the information in these exhibits shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes 
of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to liability under that section, and shall not be incorporated by reference into 
any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in 
such filing. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
List of Subsidiaries 

Exhibit 21 

The Company has twenty-four wholly-owned subsidiaries located throughout the world, as follows: 

1.  Mannatech Australia Pty Limited 

2.  Mannatech Japan, K.K. 

3.  Mannatech Korea, Ltd. 

4.  Mannatech Limited (a New Zealand Company) 

5.  Mannatech Limited (a UK Company)  

6.  Mannatech Taiwan Corporation 

7.  Mannatech Payment Services Incorporated 

8.  Mannatech Products Company Inc. 

9. 

Internet Health Group, Inc. 

10.  Mannatech (International) Limited 

11.  Mannatech, Incorporated Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. 

12.  Mannatech Singapore Pte. Ltd. 

13.  Mannatech Canada Corporation 

14.  Mannatech South Africa (Pty) Ltd 

15.  Mannatech Bermuda Holdings Limited 

16.  Mannatech Denmark ApS 

17.  Mannatech (Gibraltar) Holdings Limited 

18.  Mannatech Swiss Holdings GmbH 

19.  Mannatech Swiss International GmbH 

20.  Mannatech Malaysia Trading Co. Sdn. Bhd. 

21.  Mannatech Norge A/S 

22.  Mannatech Sverige AB 

23.  MTEX Mexico SRL CV 

24.  MTEX Mexico Services SRL CV 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23.1 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Mannatech, Incorporated: 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements of Mannatech, Incorporated 

and subsidiaries (the Company) on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-72767, effective February 22, 1999; File No. 333-77227, 
effective April 28, 1999; File No. 333-94519, effective January 12,2000; File No. 333-47752, effective October 11, 2000; 
File No. 333-113975, effective March 26, 2004 and File No. 333-153199, effective August 26, 2008) of our reports dated 
March 11, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report 
dated March 11, 2010 relating to the financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K.  

/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP 
Dallas, Texas 

March 11, 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT 
SCHEDULE 

Exhibit 23.2 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Mannatech, Incorporated 
Coppell, Texas 

The audits referred to in our report dated March 11, 2010 relating to the consolidated financial statements of 

Mannatech, Incorporated and subsidiaries (the Company), which is contained in Item 15(a)(1) of  this Form 10-K also 
included the audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10-K.  The financial statement 
schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial 
statement schedule based on our audits. 

In our opinion such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial 

statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP 
Dallas, Texas 
March 11, 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATION 
PURSUANT TO 17 CFR 240.13a-14 
PROMULGATED UNDER 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Robert A. Sinnott, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Mannatech, Incorporated; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were 
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, 
the periods presented in this report; 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 

designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 

be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 

over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 11, 2010 

/s/ Robert A. Sinnott 
Robert A. Sinnott 
Co-Chief Executive Officer and  
Chief Science Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATION 
PURSUANT TO 17 CFR 240.13a-14 
PROMULGATED UNDER 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Stephen D. Fenstermacher, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Mannatech, Incorporated; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were 
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, 
the periods presented in this report; 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 

designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 

be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 

over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 11, 2010 

/s/ Stephen D. Fenstermacher 
Stephen D. Fenstermacher 
Co-Chief Executive Officer and  
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of Mannatech, Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period 
ending December 31, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, 
Robert A. Sinnott, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Science Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934; and 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 

of operations of the Company. 

Date: March 11, 2010 

/s/ Robert A. Sinnott 
Robert A. Sinnott 
Co-Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Science Officer 

A SIGNED ORIGINAL OF THIS WRITTEN STATEMENT REQUIRED BY SECTION 906 HAS BEEN PROVIDED 
TO MANNATECH, INCORPORATED AND FURNISHED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
OR ITS STAFF UPON REQUEST. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with the Annual Report of Mannatech, Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period 
ending December 31, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, 
Stephen D. Fenstermacher, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, 
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934; and 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 

of operations of the Company. 

Date: March 11, 2010 

/s/ Stephen D. Fenstermacher 
Stephen D. Fenstermacher 
Co-Chief Executive Officer and  
Chief Financial Officer 

A SIGNED ORIGINAL OF THIS WRITTEN STATEMENT REQUIRED BY SECTION 906 HAS BEEN PROVIDED 
TO MANNATECH, INCORPORATED AND FURNISHED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
OR ITS STAFF UPON REQUEST. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANNATECH, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
(in thousands) 

Exhibit 99.3 

Additions 

Balance at
Beginning of 
Year 

Charged to
Costs and
Expenses   

Charged to
other 
Accounts   

   Deductions  

Balance at
End of Year  

Year Ended December 31, 2007 
Deducted from asset accounts: 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
Allowance for Obsolete Inventories 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

Year Ended December 31, 2008 
Deducted from asset accounts: 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
Allowance for Obsolete Inventories 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

Year Ended December 31, 2009 
Deducted from asset accounts: 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
Allowance for Obsolete Inventories 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

$
$

$
$

$
$
$

—  
392  
1,069  

  $
  $
  $

877  
134  
(326 )  

—  
—  
—  

  —  
  —  
  —  

  $
  $
  $

877  
526  
743  

  $
  $
  $

23  
1,321  
189  

—  
—  
—  

(877 )    $
   $ 
   $   (1,170 )    $
  $
  —  

23  
677  
932  

  $
  $
  $

33  
1,544  
1,358 (1)  

—  
—  
—  

   $ 
   $ 

(40 )    $
 (848 )    $
  $

  —  

877  
526  
743  

23  
677  
932  

16  
1,373  
2,290  

___________________________________________ 
(1)The 2009 valuation allowance for Taiwan was adjusted to reflect the tax rate change effective for 2010.  Without the rate change, the Taiwan valuation 
allowance would have been $ 1.1 million 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors
J. Stanley Fredrick  
Chairman of the Board 
Owner, Fredrick Consulting Services

Marlin Ray Robbins
Independent Associate 
Mannatech, Incorporated

Independent Board 
of Directors 
Gerald E. Gilbert 
Retired, Of Counsel, Hogan & Hartson, LLP

Larry A. Jobe
Founder and Chairman of the Board, Legal Network, Ltd. 
President and Founder, P 1 Resources, LLC 

Alan D. Kennedy
Retired President Worldwide, Tupperware Corporation

Robert A. Toth
Retired President, Avon International

Patricia A. Wier
Owner, Patricia Wier, Inc. 

Executive Offi  cers
Alfredo Bala
Senior Vice President, Global Sales

Randy S. Bancino
President,
Global Business Operations and Expansion

B. Keith Clark
Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Offi  cer

Natalie L. Clark
Senior Vice President, North America

Stephen D. Fenstermacher
Co-Chief Executive Offi  cer and Chief Financial Offi  cer

Robert A. Sinnott, MNS, PhD
Co-Chief Executive Offi  cer and Chief Science Offi  cer

Gary M. Spinell
Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration

Claire Zevalkink
Senior Vice President and Global Chief Marketing Offi  cer

Independent Public Accountant
BDO Seidman, LLP
Dallas, Texas

Legal Counsel
Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP
Dallas, Texas

Annual Meeting
Wednesday, June 9, 2010, at 3:00 p.m. Central Time
Grapevine Convention Center
1209 S. Main Street
Grapevine, Texas 76051

Record Date 
Friday, April 16, 2010
(determination of shareholders entitled to 
receive notice of and to vote at the 2010 Annual 
Shareholders’ Meeting)

Shareholders
The approximate number of record and benefi cial 
holders of the Company’s common stock was 3,300 
and 11,000 respectively, as of March 5, 2010.

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Computershare Investor Services
Shareholder Communications Department
2 LaSalle Street, 3rd Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60602
877.498.8861
www.computershare.com

Market Information
Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ 
National Market System under the symbol “MTEX.”  
The following table contains the reported high 
and low sales prices for our common stock as 
reported on The NASDAQ National Market System 
for the periods indicated:

2009 

2008

HIGH 

LOW 

HIGH 

LOW

1st Quarter 

$3.90 

$2.50 

$8.49 

$5.09

2nd Quarter 

$4.73 

$2.97 

$7.39 

$5.44

3rd Quarter 

$4.80 

$3.13 

$6.96 

$3.48

4th Quarter 

$3.89 

$2.34 

$4.41 

$1.88

 
 
Real 
Is Better

Mannatech®

Live for RealSM
REAL PRODUCTS     REAL PASSION     REAL POSSIBILITIES

SM

600 S. Royal Lane, Suite 200, Coppell, TX 75019

Mannatech.com

Ambrotose, Ambrotose AO, Essential Source, Live for Real, MannaFest, Mannatech, Stylized M Design, PhytoBurst, 
PhytoMatrix, PLUS, Real Food Technology, Real Passion, Real Possibilities, Real Products, Real [5] for Life and 
Simply Delicious are trademarks of Mannatech, Incorporated.

For distribution in the U.S. only.

©2010 Mannatech, Incorporated. All rights reserved.